Inpatient Glycemic Control Outcomes

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Impact of improvement efforts on glycemic control and hypoglycemia at a University Medical Center

The concept of improved inpatient diabetes control has been gaining attention in hospitals nationwide as a mechanism for improving patient outcomes, decreasing readmission rates, reducing cost of care, and shortening hospital length of stay.14 The growing recognition that glycemic control is a critical element of inpatient care has prompted several national agencies, including the National Quality Forum (NQF), University Health System Consortium (UHC), Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), and the Joint Commission (JC) to make inpatient diabetes control a focus of quality improvement efforts and outcomes tracking.1 There is a national trend toward the use of intravenous insulin infusion for tight glycemic control of stress‐induced hyperglycemia in postoperative intensive care unit (ICU) and medical ICU patients.5, 6 Consequently, there is a need for the development of a standardized approach for performance evaluation of subcutaneous and intravenous insulin protocols, while ensuring patient safety issues. The analysis of glucose outcomes is based on the systematic analysis of blood glucose (BG) performance metrics known as glucometrics.7, 8 This has provided a means to measure the success of hospital quality improvement programs over time.

The 2008 American Diabetes Association (ADA) Clinical Practice Recommendations endorse BG goals for the critically ill to be maintained as close as possible to 110 mg/dL (6.1 mmol/L) and generally <140 mg/dL (7.8 mmol/L).2 The American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists/The American College of Endocrinology guidelines recommend for ICU care BG in the range of 80110 mg/dL.1, 4 Regarding the non‐critically ill patients, the ADA recommends targets for fasting BG of <126 mg/dL (7.0 mmol/L) and all random BG 180200 mg/dL (1011.1 mmol/L).2 A limitation for these BG goals is hypoglycemia; the ADA endorses that hospitals try to achieve these lower BG values through quality improvement initiatives devised to systematically and safely reduce the BG targets.2

Materials and Methods

The Medical University of South Carolina (MUSC) is a 709‐bed tertiary‐care medical/surgical center located in Charleston, South Carolina. The medical center consists of 6 adult ICUs: medical intensive care unit, coronary care unit, cardiothoracic intensive care unit, neurosurgical intensive care unit, neurosurgical trauma intensive care unit, and surgical trauma intensive care unit. Overall, 14% of patients are in the ICUs, and 86% of patients are on the wards. MUSC has an extensive referral network including neighboring hospitals, rehabilitation centers, outpatient specialty treatment and imaging centers, and doctors' offices.

MUSC Hospital Diabetes Task Force

In 2003, the Medical Executive Committee (MEC) and the Medical Director of the MUSC Medical Center mandated that a Hospital Diabetes Task Force (HDTF) be created to improve the care of patients with diabetes hospitalized at our facility. The initial goal of the HDTF was to develop a multidisciplinary team that would address the barriers to achieving glycemic control in the inpatient setting. Chaired by an endocrinologist, the HDTF currently consists of representatives from medicine (endocrinology and hospital medicine), surgery, nursing, diabetes education, nutrition, hospital administration, pharmacy, house staff, and laboratory medicine. The HDTF has been responsible for developing and overseeing the implementation of standardized nursing flow sheets for diabetic patients, order sets for subcutaneous and intravenous insulin administration, protocols for management of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia, and systems tracking outcomes for quality improvement. The HDTF has also taken the lead in educating physician and nursing staff in the proper use of the new protocols and procedures.

Development of Hypoglycemia Protocol

The task force began with the hypoglycemia policy that was currently in place at the time. Initially developed in 1993, the policy outlined guidelines for the nursing staff to follow in the treatment of hypoglycemia. Over the course of 6 months, the task force revised the policy as well as the hypoglycemia protocol based on the following principles:

  • Nurse‐initiated orders for treatment of hypoglycemia throughout the hospital.

  • Standardized treatment for hypoglycemia based on patient type and degree of hypoglycemia.

  • Availability of glucose tablets, glucagon, and intravenous 50% dextrose (D50%) in easily accessible areas on all units.

  • Linkage of the hypoglycemia protocol to all insulin orders.

  • Extensive education of hypoglycemia symptom recognition and treatment.

  • Linkage of the hypoglycemia protocol to nursing documentation.

  • Development of carbohydrate counting in the hospital.

 

The assumption was that a major revision of the hypoglycemia protocol, based on these principles, would ensure better patient safety against hypoglycemic events, especially in light of the intensive medical management of glycemic control. On October 1, 2004, MUSC instituted a nurse‐initiated order for a hospital‐based hypoglycemia protocol to begin treatment for all BG <70 mg/dL. The hypoglycemia protocol became a part of the online adult insulin prescribing system so that when the physician signed the adult online insulin orders, the hypoglycemia protocol was ordered at the same time. Nursing units were stocked with glucose tablets, intramuscular glucagon, and D50% for consistent treatment of hypoglycemia.

Modifications to the hypoglycemia protocol included the following: in July 2006changing to specific aliquots of D50% for treatment of hypoglycemia to avoid overcorrection of low BG; reinforcing the need with the nursing staff to recheck BG 15 minutes after an episode of hypoglycemia; listing of juice as a last form of treatment for hypoglycemia; and in May 2007instituting a hypoglycemia prevention policy along with a hypoglycemia treatment policy (see Table 1 for hypoglycemia treatment protocol).

Hypoglycemia Protocol Actions
Patient CharacteristicsAction To Be Taken
  • NOTE: Copyright 2006 Medical University of South Carolina. All rights reserved. Reprinted with permission from the Medical University of South Carolina.

The patient is unable to eat or swallow safelyAdminister dextrose 50% by intravenous push as follows:
The patient is NPO15 mL (7.5 g) for BG 6069 mg/dL
OR20 mL (10 g) for BG 5059 mg/dL
The patient is unconscious25 mL (12.5 g) for BG 3049 mg/dL
AND30 mL (15 g) for BG <30 mg/dL
The patient has intravenous accessAssess unconscious patient for adequate airway, breathing, and circulation
 If possible place patient in a lateral recumbent position to decrease aspiration
Place patient on seizure precautions
Recheck BG every 15 minutes and repeat treatment until BG is greater than 70 mg/dL
The patient is unable to eat or swallow safelyAdminister 1 mg glucagon intramuscularly
The patient is NPOAssess patient for adequate airway, breathing, and circulation
ORPlace patient in a lateral recumbent position to decrease aspiration
The patient is unconsciousPlace patient on seizure precautions
ANDEstablish intravenous access
The patient does not have intravenous accessRecheck BG and consciousness every 5 minutes and repeat treatment until BG is greater than 70 and patient is awake
The patient is able to eat and swallow safelyFeed with 15 grams of carbohydrate in order of preference from the following:
ORFast Fifteen: 3 glucose tablets
The patient has a patent nasogastric tube1 tablespoon of sugar (3 packets)
 4 oz (120 mL) of regular soda
4 oz (120 mL) of juice
Recheck BG in 15 minutes and repeat treatment until BG is greater than 70 mg/dL
It will be necessary to give the patient extra food after blood glucose is greater than 70 mg/dL if hypoglycemia occurs greater than 1 hour from meal or occurs during sleeping hours. Feed the
 patient 1 of the following:
 8 oz (1 cup) of whole milk
 6 saltine crackers with 2 tablespoons of peanut butter
  6 saltine crackers with 1 oz. cheese

Education of Hospital Personnel

In addition to the development of the hypoglycemia protocol and a nursing flow sheet dedicated specifically to the use of insulinthe insulin Medication Administration Record (MAR) (Supporting Figure 1)a key piece in the implementation strategy was the development of an educational program for the nurses, house staff, and medical personnel about policies and procedures. Many in‐service sessions were conducted to outline the protocols and to troubleshoot any difficulties.9 The key champion for training the nurses was a hospital RN Certified Diabetes Educator (CDE) who was instrumental in obtaining in‐hospital nursing support for the protocols. A series of 30‐minute to 60‐minute in‐service sessions were conducted for nursing staff on each unit before the protocols were launched. To ensure that these in‐services were presented to as many staff as possible, the sessions were repeated at least two times for each shift. An important aspect of the education was the understanding of the different types of insulin and the concepts addressing the ways insulin can be used for maintenance of euglycemia: basal, prandial, and correction.14, 10, 11 This education also included information regarding ADA BG targets, characteristics of an insulin‐deficient patient, defining type 1 and type 2 diabetes, a review about insulin requirements during health and illness, treatment of hypoglycemia, information about insulin products, the concept of carbohydrate counting, and proper documentation of patient treatment.2, 1214

Subcutaneous Insulin Protocol

The protocols for subcutaneous (SC) insulin developed by the HDTF targeted a BG range of 70140 mg/dL on the medical surgical floors (Supporting Figure 2). The forms developed were based on scheduled or programmed insulin, which consists of basal and prandial/nutritional insulin with SC correction‐dose insulin.15 Correction or supplemental insulin is used to treat elevated BGs that occur before meals or between meals. If used at bedtime, the correction insulin is lowered to prevent nocturnal hypoglycemia. Correction‐dose insulin is different from sliding‐scale insulin, which is a predetermined amount of insulin used to treat hyperglycemia without regard to prior insulin administration or timing of food intake.15 When patients are hospitalized, scheduled and correction insulin doses are raised to cover the increased insulin needs of basal, prandial, and nutritional dosing in the hospital settting.3 As routine process of care, oral antihyperglycemic agents were recommended to be stopped at the time of hospital admission.

In January 2006, MUSC instituted a surveillance plan with nursing CDEs who reviewed charts for events of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia: BG < 60 mg/dL and two BGs >200 mg/dL, respectively. In January 2006, all sliding‐scale insulin protocols were eliminated and replaced with basal, prandial, and correction insulin protocols. In July 2006, MUSC eliminated SC regular insulin use and replaced it with SC analog insulin use, except for a rare patient exception.

To reduce insulin errors, our hospital formulary was restricted to the following insulin use: SC glargine, SC neutral protamine hagedorn (NPH), SC aspartame, and intravenous (IV) regular (Table 2 shows the time line for hospital upgrades, with dates).

Time Line for Hospital Upgrades with Dates
DateIntervention
September 2003Formation of HDTF
October 2004Initiation of hypoglycemia protocol: MD standing order for nurse‐driven hypoglycemia protocol
January‐May 2005Intensive nursing education: how to Rx hypoglycemia, nursing flow sheet (insulin MAR), patient education record, CHO counting, insulin concepts
October 2005Began using IVIIC in CT Surgery
January 2006Surveillance plan with CDE chart checks: hypoglycemia <60 mg/dL and hyperglycemia two BGs >200 mg/dL
January 2006All sliding‐scale insulin protocols eliminated and replaced with preprinted protocols basal dose based on body weight, prandial dose based on body weight, and correction dose based on total daily dose of insulin
February 2006All adult ICUs using IVIIC with BG checks q 2‐4 hour
June 2006Stress need to use juice last in Rx hypoglycemia, so not to over treat patients
July 2006Use aliquots D50 to Rx different severities of hypoglycemia
July 2006Elimination of SC regular insulin and replace it with SC insulin analog use. Hospital formulary restricted to: SC glargine, SC NPH, SC aspart, and IV regular insulin
July 2006Increase frequency BG checks while using IVIIC: check BG q1 hour
July 2006Eliminate SC Novolin 70/30 from hospital formulary and replace with SC Novolog 70/30
September 2006Implement insulin pump initiation/orders
May 2007Institute hypoglycemia prevention policy along with hypoglycemia treatment policy
June 2007Stress difference between juices: apple/orange juice: 15 g; and prune, cranberry, grape juice: 23 g

Intravenous Insulin Protocol

The HDTF initially reviewed 15 evidence‐based protocols and identified 5 desirable protocol characteristics. These characteristics included easy physician ordering (requiring only a signature), ability to quickly reach and maintain a BG target range, minimal risk for hypoglycemic events, adaptability for use anywhere in the hospital setting, and acceptance and implementation by nursing staff.16

The IV protocol, a web‐based calculator (Figure 1), was developed based on the concept of the multiplier by White et al.17 For this protocol, the IV infusion (IVI) rate is changed based on a formula that uses a multiplier (a surrogate for insulin sensitivity factor) and the difference between measured BG and target blood glucose (TBG). The calculator uses the following mathematical formula: rate of insulin infusion/hour = (current BG 60 mg/dL) 0.03.18, 19 Additionally, the protocol requires that enough insulin be infused to address severe hyperglycemia at initiation with a rapid reduction in the insulin infusion rate as BG normalizes. The protocol also permits an adjustment of the insulin rate by tenths of a unit per hour to maintain the BG in the center of the target range. The main variant of this protocol is the value of the starting multiplier. The web‐based calculator is currently being used in all 6 adult ICUs and on all of the adult medical‐surgical floors at MUSC.

Figure 1
Web interface image for intravenous insulin infusion calculator. Reprinted with permission from the Medical University of South Carolina.

In early 2006, all adult ICUs were using our in‐house, web‐based intravenous insulin infusion calculator (IVIIC), which prompted more BG readings with intensification of insulin drip use.19 Specifically, initial monitoring for the IVIIC included BG readings every 24 hours. To avoid hypoglycemic events from occurring with the intensification of BG readings for the IVIIC, the BG monitoring frequency was increased to every hour in July 2006. Initial treatment for hypoglycemia was D50% (12.525 g), which tended to overcorrect BG. In July 2006, we revised the protocol using aliquots of D50% specific to the BG reading.19 This action has resulted in decreasing the glycemic excursions observed due to overcorrection of hypoglycemia.

BG target ranges to match the level of care are as follows: intensive care unit (80110 mg/dL); labor and delivery (70110 mg/dL); adult medical/surgical floors (80140 mg/dL); diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA)/hyperosmolar nonketotic coma (HHNK) (150200 mg/dL); neurosurgery ICU (90120 mg/dL); and perioperative patients (140180 mg/dL).20 These BG targets were created to satisfy the clinical requests of specific departments at MUSC. We have restricted starting the multiplier for DKA/HHNK at 0.01, to affect a slower rate of change and the multiplier for all others is set at 0.03.

Transition From Intravenous to Subcutaneous Insulin

At MUSC, IV insulin therapy reverts to an SC insulin therapy protocol when the patient resumes PO feedings, discontinues pressor support, or stops volume resuscitation21 (see Supporting Figure 3 for the IV to SC insulin transition form). While preparing to stop IV insulin, SC insulinparticularly basal insulinshould begin at least 23 hours prior to discontinuing IV insulin. A short‐acting or rapid‐acting insulin may be given 12 hours SC prior to stopping IV insulin. This is particularly true for patients who are at risk for ketoacidosis, such as patients with type 1 diabetes.21 Recommendations for scheduled insulin administration include basal and prandial and correction doses of insulin to cover glycemic excursions. A minority of patients with stress hyperglycemia will not require conversion to SC insulin when discontinuing IV insulin therapy; however, BG monitoring and administration of correction insulin is recommended.

Data Collection

A retrospective chart review was approved by the MUSC Institutional Review Board, and the requirement of patient consent was waived. A database query against the hospital's electronic medical record was used to supply the data for this study. In particular, a complete listing of all finger‐stick BG measurements taken during June 2004 (preimplementation), June 2005 (implementation), and June 2006 and 2007 (postimplementation) was used. The sample included all inpatient stays for patients who had a documented history of diabetes or at least 1 BG reading in excess of 180 during the inpatient stay. Finger‐stick BG measurements taken within 50 minutes of another reading were excluded from the analysis to account for the increased testing frequency that occurs, per protocol, after detection of a hypoglycemic or hyperglycemic event. Finger‐stick BG levels were measured by the Abbott Precision PCX and downloaded directly into the university's electronic medical record.

Statistical Analysis and Considerations

Sample size estimation

A preliminary study of hypoglycemic rates in 2004 and 2005 was used to plan this analysis.22 In this preliminary study, 295 of 13,366 BG readings were mildly hypoglycemic before the glycemic protocol, yielding an estimated rate of 22.1 per 1,000 measurements. During the glycemic protocol implementation period (June 2005), an estimated rate per 1,000 measurements of 18.9 (289/15,324) was obtained. Using the binomial approximation to the Poisson, it was estimated that 30,499 additional BG measurements were needed to detect, with 80% power and a type I error rate of 0.05 (two‐sided), a rate ratio as small as 1.17 (22.1 per 1,000/18.9 per 1,000). Based on the number of BG measurements obtained in the preliminary study (14,000/month), two additional months of postintervention data were deemed necessary. Data from June 2006 and June 2007 were used to test the maintenance effects of the implemented glycemic management protocol.

Primary analysis

Mild, moderate, and severe hypoglycemia were defined as BG readings 5069 mg/dL, 4049 mg/dL, and <40 mg/dL, respectively.23 BG readings 250 mg/dL or higher were considered hyperglycemic. These events were summarized by the methods suggested for an inpatient setting.7 The first method treated each BG as an independent observation (i.e., ward‐level analysis for which the denominator was the total number of BG readings). This analysis represents a census, so statistical comparisons are not warranted (i.e., the population parameters are obtained), but the generalizability of the findings is limited accordingly. For the formal analysis of the prevalence of glycemic events by year, the patient‐day analysis was used. For this analysis, data were aggregated by each unique patient‐day. For each patient‐day, descriptive statistics were tabulated on the raw BG readings. For the determination of patient‐day occurrence of hypoglycemic events, the three hypoglycemic severities (mild, moderate, and severe) were treated as ordinal variables such that if a patient had a severe hypoglycemic episode on a given day, he was considered to have also had moderate and mild hypoglycemia for that day. This strategy was undertaken based on the belief that if a person had a worse outcome, then the less severe outcome also occurred during the same patient day.

The primary hypothesis was that the nurse‐driven hypoglycemia protocol implemented by 2005 would result in tighter BG control (lower rates of hyperglycemia and hypoglycemia) after implementation. To test this hypothesis, the patient‐day summary of BG readings was used to estimate the odds of an event for each year. The odds of developing mild (BG 5069 mg/dL), moderate (BG 4049 mg/dL), and severe (BG < 40 mg/dL) hypoglycemic events were compared using generalized estimating equations for correlated binary data.24 This analysis accounted for the clustering of observations (patient‐day summaries) within patient stay by modeling the correlation of outcomes within a patient stay. In addition to hypoglycemia, the proportion of patient days with a mean BG between 70180 mg/dL and the proportion of patients experiencing hyperglycemia (BG 250 mg/dL) was examined, and these results were analyzed using the same methodology used for the hypoglycemia endpoints. All analyses were conducted using SAS version 9.1.3 using the procedure GENMOD, a generalized linear modeling procedure in SAS/STAT.

Results

The baseline demographic characteristics of the four study groups are shown in Table 3. The four groups were found to be similar for gender distribution, mean age, and racial distribution. There were significant differences observed among hospital stay characteristics, insulin drip use, history of diabetes, ventilator support, kidney failure, dialysis, total parenteral nutrition (TPN), and red blood cell (RBC) transfusions. Overall, insulin drip use tended to increase over time. The percentage of patients with diabetes on admission or diagnosed during admission tended to decrease over time. This was likely due to an increase in the diagnosis and treatment of stress/steroid‐induced hyperglycemia during the hospital stay.

Baseline Demographic Characteristics
VariableAll Years Combined (n = 2102)*2004 (n = 434)2005 (n = 486)2006 (n = 609)2007 (n = 573)P value
  • Demographic data for a total of n = 113 patient records were unobtainable in the electronic medical record.

  • P values for categorical variables are for Pearson chi‐square statistics, and the P value for age is based on the Kruskal‐Wallis test.

Sex, male n (%)959 (45.6)186 (42.9)214 (44.0)292 (48.0)267 (46.6)0.34
Age (years), mean (SD)56.857.6 (14.8)58.0 (15.8)56.7 (16.1)55.4 (16.4)0.092
Race      
Caucasian1000 (47.6%)202 (46.5%)217 (44.7%)300 (49.3%)281 (49.0%)0.64
African American1059 (50.4%)226 (52.1%)255 (52.5%)299 (49.1%)279 (48.7%) 
Hispanic26 (1.2%)4 (0.9%)8 (1.6%)5 (0.8%)9 (1.6%) 
Other17 (0.8%)2 (0.5%)6 (1.2%)5 (0.8%)4 (0.7%) 
Hospital stay characteristics n (%)      
Floor only1630 (77.6%)355 (81.8)%389 (80.0%)430 (70.6%)456 (79.6%)<0.001
ICU only57 (2.7%)8 (1.8%)6 (1.2%)27 (4.4%)16 (2.8%) 
Floor and ICU415 (19.7%)71 (16.4%)91 (18.7%)152 (25.0%)101 (17.6%) 
Clinical characteristics n (%)      
Insulin drip, floor and ICU306 (14.6%)38 (8.8%)52 (10.7%)106 (17.4%)110 (19.2%)<0.001
Insulin drip, floor patients only70 (4.3%)4 (1.1%)9 (2.3%)22 (5.1%)35 (7.7%)<0.001
History of diabetes1677 (79.8%)392 (90.3%)431 (88.7%)442 (72.6%)412 (71.9%)<0.001
Ventilator support319 (15.2%)44 (10.1%)64 (13.2%)135 (22.2%)76 (13.3%)<0.001
Kidney failure250 (11.9%)41 (9.5%)52 (10.7%)95 (15.6%)62 (10.8%)0.008
Dialysis94 (4.5%)21 (4.8%)18 (3.7%)38 (6.2%)17 (3.0%)0.040
Total parenteral nutrition128 (6.1%)27 (6.2%)18 (3.7%)55 (9.0%)28 (4.9%)0.001
Red blood cell transfusions507 (24.1%)96 (22.1%)107 (22.0%)178 (29.2%)126 (22.0%)0.007

A total of 11,715 patient‐days, consisting of 56,401 individual BG readings obtained from 2,215 unique patients, were distributed across the 4 years. Table 4 presents the year‐specific patient‐day analysis. While the prevalence of mild (BG 5069 mg/dL) hypoglycemia was found to increase over the years studied (P < 0.01), the percentage of patient‐days with a mean BG in the range of 70180 mg/dL increased over the period of study (P < 0.01). The total hypoglycemia events <60 mg/dL are presented as comparative data to other studies.7 The percent of patient days with at least one BG < 70 mg/dL (reported in Table 4 as mild events) ranged from 3.72 in 2005 to as high as 10.71 in 2007; however, approximately one‐half of the hypoglycemic events are attributable to readings from BG 6069 since the proportion of patient days with a BG < 60 mg/dL was approximately one‐half that for BG < 70 mg/dL (Table 4). The prevalence of patient days with at least one moderate (BG 4049 mg/dL) or severe (BG < 40 mg/dL) hypoglycemia event was not found to increase in a linear manner. There was a statistical trend for potentially nonlinear relationship of year with moderate hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia.

Glucometric Summary by Year for Data Aggregated by Patient‐Day
 Year (number of patient days)Tests of significance*
Measure2004 (n = 2176)2005 (n = 2259)2006 (n = 3525)2007 (n = 3755)Linear trendType 3 test
  • Abbreviations: BG, blood glucose reading; IQR, interquartile range; SD, standard deviation.

  • P‐values reported from mixed models (mean BG over years) and generalized estimating equations (all other, ie, percentage of patient‐days with glycemic events). Linear trend is a single degree of freedom testing for a linear increase or decrease over time; the type 3 test allowed for indicator variables for each year and tests for any overall difference between any 2 years.

  • The summary measures are based on a patient‐day analysis. Blood glucose readings taken within 50 minutes were excluded from the analysis. For the mean and median values reported, the unit of analysis is the patient‐day mean BG (eg, the measures represent the mean/median of the patient‐specific patient‐day means). For the percentage measures, the percentage of patient‐days with at least 1 event of interest was tabulated.

BG mean (SD) (mg/dL)156 (82)152 (72)154 (51)149 (51)0.850.23
BG median [IQR] (mg/dL)136 [105, 186]136 [105, 181]144 [120, 177]137 [114, 169]N/AN/A
BG readings per patient‐day [mean (SD)]3.9 (2.4)4.2 (2.9)4.9 (3.4)5.7 (4.6)N/AN/A
% Patient‐days with mean BG in range (70‐180 mg/dL)69.5372.8276.6879.79<0.01<0.01
% BGs <60 mg/dL3.311.905.365.27<0.01<0.01
% Mild hypoglycemia (50‐69 mg/dL)6.203.7210.2410.71<0.01<0.01
% Moderate hypoglycemia (40‐49 mg/dL)1.880.842.752.080.15<0.01
% Severe hypoglycemia (<40 mg/dL)0.690.440.960.750.490.37
% Hyperglycemia (250 mg/dL)14.7111.7316.8515.150.230.02

Immediately following the implementation (year 2005), post hoc comparisons suggested that the rate of moderate hypoglycemia was lowest relative to the 3 other years, but no other statistical differences were observed. The year 2005 also had the lowest proportion of patient days with at least 1 hyperglycemic event.

The individual BG readings for the 2215 unique patients were also individually analyzed according to the methods of Goldberg et al.7 Even though no statistical tests were performed at the ward level, the descriptive data presented in Table 5 are consistent with the analysis of the patient‐day data. Several important features of the data are illustrated by Table 5. Most notably, the glycemic control at the hospital level is improved. The percentage of BG readings in the range of 70180 mg/dL increased annually whereas the mean BG values, the coefficient of variation, and the interquartile range (IQR) decreased annually.

Glycemic Summary of Individual Blood Glucose Readings Taken in June by Year by Ward‐Level
 Year (number of blood glucose readings)
 2004 (n = 8,504)2005 (n = 9,396)2006 (n = 17,098)2007 (n = 21,403)
  • NOTE: Blood glucose readings taken with 50 minutes of another reading were excluded from the analysis.

  • Abbreviations: BG, blood glucose reading; IQR, interquartile range; SD, standard deviation.

Number of patients434486612683
BG mean (SD) (mg/dL)156 (85)154 (81)149 (61)138 (57)
Coefficient of variation0.550.530.410.41
Median BG [IQR] (mg/dL)135 [101‐186]134 [103‐183]136 [108‐176]124 [101‐160]
% BGs in range (70‐180 mg/dL)68.0971.8073.7180.41
% Mild hypoglycemia (50‐69 mg/dL)3.352.012.572.30
% Moderate hypoglycemia (40‐49 mg/dL)0.950.290.470.26
% Severe hypoglycemia (<40 mg/dL)0.670.360.240.15
% Hyperglycemia (250 mg/dL)10.239.086.434.83

Conclusions

Collectively, we have shown that implementing standardized insulin order sets including hypoglycemia, SC insulin, IV insulin, and IV to SC insulin transition treatment protocols at MUSC may generate the expected benefits for patient safety for this population of patients. The primary hypothesis that the rate of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia would be lower after the implementation of these protocols was supported by the data, because the overall blood glucose control was markedly improved as a result of the protocols. However, the effect was strongest in 2005 (immediately following the protocol's implementation) and appeared to diminish some with time.

There were several other quality improvement measures initiated at MUSC that likely contributed to the decreasing rates of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia. For example, comparing June 2004 with June 2007, the number of patients tested increased from 434 to 683. This increase could be attributed, in part, to a trend on medical/surgical services toward an increased focus on glucose monitoring.

When intensive glycemic control programs are implemented, hospitals should have a standardized, nurse‐driven hypoglycemia protocol.11 The success of such a hypoglycemia treatment protocol is demonstrated by the improvement observed at MUSC since the protocol was first implemented in October 2004.22

There are limitations that warrant consideration. A key limitation is that other procedural changes may have occurred during the years of study. Because the initial focus of the HDTF was to reduce hypoglycemic and hyperglycemic events, a multipronged approach was used, beginning with the treatment protocol but followed by other changes. These changes, while unmeasured in the current study, could have influenced the rate of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia. Therefore, although the protocol that we developed has sound theoretical underpinnings, the improvement in glycemic control at other hospitals may vary. Second, because this was initially regarded as a quality improvement project for hospitalized patients with hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia, we did not evaluate morbidity, mortality, or other clinical outcome data other than BG targets and incidences of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia. Third, there was no concurrent control group established for this study, rather the study used a retrospective, nonrandomized design with a historical control. As previously mentioned, we cannot rule out the idea that other changes occurred between the preprotocol and postprotocol interval to influence our results. Finally, there are statistical limitations to the research.

One limitation regarding the analysis of the BG data was the potential for an increased type I error (ie, false‐positive result) due to clustering of BG values within a patient and increased monitoring frequencies when a hypoglycemic or hyperglycemic event was observed. The generalized estimating equations directly addressed the first concern. In particular, the effective sample size for each participant was a function of the number of patient‐days and the correlation of patient‐day summaries. Therefore, patients with several highly‐correlated outcomes would contribute less to the analysis than other patients with the same number of patient‐days that were correlated to a lesser extent. As for the second concern, the patient‐day frequencies alleviate this problem and avoid the length‐of‐stay bias associated with a patient‐level (or patient‐stay) analysis. Power was less than planned due in part to the use of the patient‐day analysis instead of the originally designed ward‐level analysis. The change in the statistical design was a response to emerging evidence in the literature.7

In conclusion, the hypothesis that MUSC patients benefit from the use of standardized insulin order sets, hypoglycemia, and hyperglycemia treatment protocols, is supported by the data collected in this study. Because it has been recommended that a hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia prevention protocol as well as a hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia treatment protocol be in place, the HDTF will be focusing on the actual prevention of the hypoglycemic and hyperglycemic incidents occurring in the first place.2, 25 This may result in further reductions of hypoglycemic and hyperglycemic events. We have recently implemented hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia prevention policies at MUSC.

Files
References
  1. Ace ADA Task Force on Inpatient Diabetes.American College of Endocrinology and American Diabetes Association Consensus Statement on Inpatient Diabetes and Glycemic Control.Endocr Pract.2006;12(4):458468.
  2. ADA Writing Group.Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes—2008.Diabetes Care.2008;31(suppl 1):S12S54.
  3. Clement S,Braithwaite SS,Magee MF, et al.Management of diabetes and hyperglycemia in hospitals.Diabetes Care.2004;27(2):553591.
  4. Garber AJ,Moghissi ES,Bransome ED, et al.American College of Endocrinology Position Statement on Inpatient Diabetes and Metabolic Control.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):4–9.
  5. Van den Berghe G,Wouters P,Weekers F, et al.Intensive insulin therapy in the critically ill patients.N Engl J Med.2001;345:13591367.
  6. Van den Berghe G,Wilmer A,Hermans G, et al.Intensive insulin therapy in the medical ICU.N Engl J Med.2006;354(5):449461.
  7. Goldberg PA,Bozzo JE,Thomas PG, et al.“Glucometrics”: assessing the quality of inpatient glucose management.Diabetes Technol Ther.2006;8(5):560569.
  8. Maynard G.Society of Hospital Medicine Glycemic Control Task Force, Track Performance; Introducing Glucometrics. SHM;2007.
  9. Ku SY,Sayre CA,Hirsch IB,Kelly JL.New insulin infusion protocol improves blood glucose control in hospitalized patients without increasing hypoglycemia.Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf.2005;31(3):141147.
  10. Evert A,Nauseth R.The new insulin analogs: using a team approach to implement basal‐bolus insulin therapy.Pract Diabetol.2004; June:2837.
  11. Hirsch I,Braithwaite S,Verderese C.Practical Management of Inpatient Hyperglycemia.Lakeville, CT:Hilliard Publishing, LLC;2005.
  12. Fischer KF,Lees JA,Newman JH.Hypoglycemia in hospitalized patients. causes and outcomes.N Engl J Med.1986;315(20):12451250.
  13. Reising DL.Acute hypoglycemia: keeping the bottom from falling out.Nursing.1995;25(2):4148; quiz 50.
  14. Schaller J,Welsh JR.Myths and facts about diabetic hypoglycemia.Nursing.1994;24(6):67.
  15. Magee MF,Clement S.Subcutaneous insulin therapy in the hospital setting: issues, concerns, and implementation.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):8188.
  16. Davidson PC,Steed RD,Bode BW.Glucommander: a computer‐directed intravenous insulin system shown to be safe, simple, and effective in 120,618 h of operation.Diabetes Care.2005;28(10):24182423.
  17. White NH,Skor D,Santiago JV.Practical closed‐loop insulin delivery. a system for the maintenance of overnight euglycemia and the calculation of basal insulin requirements in insulin‐dependent diabetics.Ann Intern Med.1982;97:210213.
  18. Hermayer K.Strategies for controlling glucose in the intensive care unit.Clin Pulmon Med.2006;13(6):332347.
  19. Hermayer KL,Neal DE,Hushion TV, et al.Outcomes of a cardiothoracic intensive care web‐based online intravenous insulin infusion calculator study at a medical university hospital.Diabetes Technol Ther.2007;9(6):523534.
  20. Hermayer KL,Hushion TV,Arnold PC,Wojciechowski B.Outcomes of a nursing in‐service to evaluate acceptance of a web‐based insulin infusion calculator.J Diabetes Sci Technol.2008;2(3):376383.
  21. Bode BW,Braithwaite SS,Steed RD,Davidson PC.Intravenous insulin infusion therapy: indications, methods, and transition to subcutaneous insulin therapy.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):7180.
  22. Hermayer K,Cawley P,Arnold P, et al.Outcomes of a hypoglycemia treatment protocol in a medical university hospital [Abstract].Diabetes.2006;55:203OR.
  23. Korytkowski M,Dinardo M,Donihi AC,Bigi L,Devita M.Evolution of a diabetes inpatient safety committee.Endocr Pract.2006;12(suppl 3):9199.
  24. Zeger SL,Liang KY.Longitudinal data analysis for discrete and continuous outcomes.Biometrics.1986;42(1):121130.
  25. Braithwaite SS,Buie MM,Thompson CL, et al.Hospital hypoglycemia: not only treatment but also prevention.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):8999.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
331-339
Legacy Keywords
diabetes, outcomes measurements, patient safety, quality improvement, teamwork
Sections
Files
Files
Article PDF
Article PDF

The concept of improved inpatient diabetes control has been gaining attention in hospitals nationwide as a mechanism for improving patient outcomes, decreasing readmission rates, reducing cost of care, and shortening hospital length of stay.14 The growing recognition that glycemic control is a critical element of inpatient care has prompted several national agencies, including the National Quality Forum (NQF), University Health System Consortium (UHC), Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), and the Joint Commission (JC) to make inpatient diabetes control a focus of quality improvement efforts and outcomes tracking.1 There is a national trend toward the use of intravenous insulin infusion for tight glycemic control of stress‐induced hyperglycemia in postoperative intensive care unit (ICU) and medical ICU patients.5, 6 Consequently, there is a need for the development of a standardized approach for performance evaluation of subcutaneous and intravenous insulin protocols, while ensuring patient safety issues. The analysis of glucose outcomes is based on the systematic analysis of blood glucose (BG) performance metrics known as glucometrics.7, 8 This has provided a means to measure the success of hospital quality improvement programs over time.

The 2008 American Diabetes Association (ADA) Clinical Practice Recommendations endorse BG goals for the critically ill to be maintained as close as possible to 110 mg/dL (6.1 mmol/L) and generally <140 mg/dL (7.8 mmol/L).2 The American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists/The American College of Endocrinology guidelines recommend for ICU care BG in the range of 80110 mg/dL.1, 4 Regarding the non‐critically ill patients, the ADA recommends targets for fasting BG of <126 mg/dL (7.0 mmol/L) and all random BG 180200 mg/dL (1011.1 mmol/L).2 A limitation for these BG goals is hypoglycemia; the ADA endorses that hospitals try to achieve these lower BG values through quality improvement initiatives devised to systematically and safely reduce the BG targets.2

Materials and Methods

The Medical University of South Carolina (MUSC) is a 709‐bed tertiary‐care medical/surgical center located in Charleston, South Carolina. The medical center consists of 6 adult ICUs: medical intensive care unit, coronary care unit, cardiothoracic intensive care unit, neurosurgical intensive care unit, neurosurgical trauma intensive care unit, and surgical trauma intensive care unit. Overall, 14% of patients are in the ICUs, and 86% of patients are on the wards. MUSC has an extensive referral network including neighboring hospitals, rehabilitation centers, outpatient specialty treatment and imaging centers, and doctors' offices.

MUSC Hospital Diabetes Task Force

In 2003, the Medical Executive Committee (MEC) and the Medical Director of the MUSC Medical Center mandated that a Hospital Diabetes Task Force (HDTF) be created to improve the care of patients with diabetes hospitalized at our facility. The initial goal of the HDTF was to develop a multidisciplinary team that would address the barriers to achieving glycemic control in the inpatient setting. Chaired by an endocrinologist, the HDTF currently consists of representatives from medicine (endocrinology and hospital medicine), surgery, nursing, diabetes education, nutrition, hospital administration, pharmacy, house staff, and laboratory medicine. The HDTF has been responsible for developing and overseeing the implementation of standardized nursing flow sheets for diabetic patients, order sets for subcutaneous and intravenous insulin administration, protocols for management of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia, and systems tracking outcomes for quality improvement. The HDTF has also taken the lead in educating physician and nursing staff in the proper use of the new protocols and procedures.

Development of Hypoglycemia Protocol

The task force began with the hypoglycemia policy that was currently in place at the time. Initially developed in 1993, the policy outlined guidelines for the nursing staff to follow in the treatment of hypoglycemia. Over the course of 6 months, the task force revised the policy as well as the hypoglycemia protocol based on the following principles:

  • Nurse‐initiated orders for treatment of hypoglycemia throughout the hospital.

  • Standardized treatment for hypoglycemia based on patient type and degree of hypoglycemia.

  • Availability of glucose tablets, glucagon, and intravenous 50% dextrose (D50%) in easily accessible areas on all units.

  • Linkage of the hypoglycemia protocol to all insulin orders.

  • Extensive education of hypoglycemia symptom recognition and treatment.

  • Linkage of the hypoglycemia protocol to nursing documentation.

  • Development of carbohydrate counting in the hospital.

 

The assumption was that a major revision of the hypoglycemia protocol, based on these principles, would ensure better patient safety against hypoglycemic events, especially in light of the intensive medical management of glycemic control. On October 1, 2004, MUSC instituted a nurse‐initiated order for a hospital‐based hypoglycemia protocol to begin treatment for all BG <70 mg/dL. The hypoglycemia protocol became a part of the online adult insulin prescribing system so that when the physician signed the adult online insulin orders, the hypoglycemia protocol was ordered at the same time. Nursing units were stocked with glucose tablets, intramuscular glucagon, and D50% for consistent treatment of hypoglycemia.

Modifications to the hypoglycemia protocol included the following: in July 2006changing to specific aliquots of D50% for treatment of hypoglycemia to avoid overcorrection of low BG; reinforcing the need with the nursing staff to recheck BG 15 minutes after an episode of hypoglycemia; listing of juice as a last form of treatment for hypoglycemia; and in May 2007instituting a hypoglycemia prevention policy along with a hypoglycemia treatment policy (see Table 1 for hypoglycemia treatment protocol).

Hypoglycemia Protocol Actions
Patient CharacteristicsAction To Be Taken
  • NOTE: Copyright 2006 Medical University of South Carolina. All rights reserved. Reprinted with permission from the Medical University of South Carolina.

The patient is unable to eat or swallow safelyAdminister dextrose 50% by intravenous push as follows:
The patient is NPO15 mL (7.5 g) for BG 6069 mg/dL
OR20 mL (10 g) for BG 5059 mg/dL
The patient is unconscious25 mL (12.5 g) for BG 3049 mg/dL
AND30 mL (15 g) for BG <30 mg/dL
The patient has intravenous accessAssess unconscious patient for adequate airway, breathing, and circulation
 If possible place patient in a lateral recumbent position to decrease aspiration
Place patient on seizure precautions
Recheck BG every 15 minutes and repeat treatment until BG is greater than 70 mg/dL
The patient is unable to eat or swallow safelyAdminister 1 mg glucagon intramuscularly
The patient is NPOAssess patient for adequate airway, breathing, and circulation
ORPlace patient in a lateral recumbent position to decrease aspiration
The patient is unconsciousPlace patient on seizure precautions
ANDEstablish intravenous access
The patient does not have intravenous accessRecheck BG and consciousness every 5 minutes and repeat treatment until BG is greater than 70 and patient is awake
The patient is able to eat and swallow safelyFeed with 15 grams of carbohydrate in order of preference from the following:
ORFast Fifteen: 3 glucose tablets
The patient has a patent nasogastric tube1 tablespoon of sugar (3 packets)
 4 oz (120 mL) of regular soda
4 oz (120 mL) of juice
Recheck BG in 15 minutes and repeat treatment until BG is greater than 70 mg/dL
It will be necessary to give the patient extra food after blood glucose is greater than 70 mg/dL if hypoglycemia occurs greater than 1 hour from meal or occurs during sleeping hours. Feed the
 patient 1 of the following:
 8 oz (1 cup) of whole milk
 6 saltine crackers with 2 tablespoons of peanut butter
  6 saltine crackers with 1 oz. cheese

Education of Hospital Personnel

In addition to the development of the hypoglycemia protocol and a nursing flow sheet dedicated specifically to the use of insulinthe insulin Medication Administration Record (MAR) (Supporting Figure 1)a key piece in the implementation strategy was the development of an educational program for the nurses, house staff, and medical personnel about policies and procedures. Many in‐service sessions were conducted to outline the protocols and to troubleshoot any difficulties.9 The key champion for training the nurses was a hospital RN Certified Diabetes Educator (CDE) who was instrumental in obtaining in‐hospital nursing support for the protocols. A series of 30‐minute to 60‐minute in‐service sessions were conducted for nursing staff on each unit before the protocols were launched. To ensure that these in‐services were presented to as many staff as possible, the sessions were repeated at least two times for each shift. An important aspect of the education was the understanding of the different types of insulin and the concepts addressing the ways insulin can be used for maintenance of euglycemia: basal, prandial, and correction.14, 10, 11 This education also included information regarding ADA BG targets, characteristics of an insulin‐deficient patient, defining type 1 and type 2 diabetes, a review about insulin requirements during health and illness, treatment of hypoglycemia, information about insulin products, the concept of carbohydrate counting, and proper documentation of patient treatment.2, 1214

Subcutaneous Insulin Protocol

The protocols for subcutaneous (SC) insulin developed by the HDTF targeted a BG range of 70140 mg/dL on the medical surgical floors (Supporting Figure 2). The forms developed were based on scheduled or programmed insulin, which consists of basal and prandial/nutritional insulin with SC correction‐dose insulin.15 Correction or supplemental insulin is used to treat elevated BGs that occur before meals or between meals. If used at bedtime, the correction insulin is lowered to prevent nocturnal hypoglycemia. Correction‐dose insulin is different from sliding‐scale insulin, which is a predetermined amount of insulin used to treat hyperglycemia without regard to prior insulin administration or timing of food intake.15 When patients are hospitalized, scheduled and correction insulin doses are raised to cover the increased insulin needs of basal, prandial, and nutritional dosing in the hospital settting.3 As routine process of care, oral antihyperglycemic agents were recommended to be stopped at the time of hospital admission.

In January 2006, MUSC instituted a surveillance plan with nursing CDEs who reviewed charts for events of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia: BG < 60 mg/dL and two BGs >200 mg/dL, respectively. In January 2006, all sliding‐scale insulin protocols were eliminated and replaced with basal, prandial, and correction insulin protocols. In July 2006, MUSC eliminated SC regular insulin use and replaced it with SC analog insulin use, except for a rare patient exception.

To reduce insulin errors, our hospital formulary was restricted to the following insulin use: SC glargine, SC neutral protamine hagedorn (NPH), SC aspartame, and intravenous (IV) regular (Table 2 shows the time line for hospital upgrades, with dates).

Time Line for Hospital Upgrades with Dates
DateIntervention
September 2003Formation of HDTF
October 2004Initiation of hypoglycemia protocol: MD standing order for nurse‐driven hypoglycemia protocol
January‐May 2005Intensive nursing education: how to Rx hypoglycemia, nursing flow sheet (insulin MAR), patient education record, CHO counting, insulin concepts
October 2005Began using IVIIC in CT Surgery
January 2006Surveillance plan with CDE chart checks: hypoglycemia <60 mg/dL and hyperglycemia two BGs >200 mg/dL
January 2006All sliding‐scale insulin protocols eliminated and replaced with preprinted protocols basal dose based on body weight, prandial dose based on body weight, and correction dose based on total daily dose of insulin
February 2006All adult ICUs using IVIIC with BG checks q 2‐4 hour
June 2006Stress need to use juice last in Rx hypoglycemia, so not to over treat patients
July 2006Use aliquots D50 to Rx different severities of hypoglycemia
July 2006Elimination of SC regular insulin and replace it with SC insulin analog use. Hospital formulary restricted to: SC glargine, SC NPH, SC aspart, and IV regular insulin
July 2006Increase frequency BG checks while using IVIIC: check BG q1 hour
July 2006Eliminate SC Novolin 70/30 from hospital formulary and replace with SC Novolog 70/30
September 2006Implement insulin pump initiation/orders
May 2007Institute hypoglycemia prevention policy along with hypoglycemia treatment policy
June 2007Stress difference between juices: apple/orange juice: 15 g; and prune, cranberry, grape juice: 23 g

Intravenous Insulin Protocol

The HDTF initially reviewed 15 evidence‐based protocols and identified 5 desirable protocol characteristics. These characteristics included easy physician ordering (requiring only a signature), ability to quickly reach and maintain a BG target range, minimal risk for hypoglycemic events, adaptability for use anywhere in the hospital setting, and acceptance and implementation by nursing staff.16

The IV protocol, a web‐based calculator (Figure 1), was developed based on the concept of the multiplier by White et al.17 For this protocol, the IV infusion (IVI) rate is changed based on a formula that uses a multiplier (a surrogate for insulin sensitivity factor) and the difference between measured BG and target blood glucose (TBG). The calculator uses the following mathematical formula: rate of insulin infusion/hour = (current BG 60 mg/dL) 0.03.18, 19 Additionally, the protocol requires that enough insulin be infused to address severe hyperglycemia at initiation with a rapid reduction in the insulin infusion rate as BG normalizes. The protocol also permits an adjustment of the insulin rate by tenths of a unit per hour to maintain the BG in the center of the target range. The main variant of this protocol is the value of the starting multiplier. The web‐based calculator is currently being used in all 6 adult ICUs and on all of the adult medical‐surgical floors at MUSC.

Figure 1
Web interface image for intravenous insulin infusion calculator. Reprinted with permission from the Medical University of South Carolina.

In early 2006, all adult ICUs were using our in‐house, web‐based intravenous insulin infusion calculator (IVIIC), which prompted more BG readings with intensification of insulin drip use.19 Specifically, initial monitoring for the IVIIC included BG readings every 24 hours. To avoid hypoglycemic events from occurring with the intensification of BG readings for the IVIIC, the BG monitoring frequency was increased to every hour in July 2006. Initial treatment for hypoglycemia was D50% (12.525 g), which tended to overcorrect BG. In July 2006, we revised the protocol using aliquots of D50% specific to the BG reading.19 This action has resulted in decreasing the glycemic excursions observed due to overcorrection of hypoglycemia.

BG target ranges to match the level of care are as follows: intensive care unit (80110 mg/dL); labor and delivery (70110 mg/dL); adult medical/surgical floors (80140 mg/dL); diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA)/hyperosmolar nonketotic coma (HHNK) (150200 mg/dL); neurosurgery ICU (90120 mg/dL); and perioperative patients (140180 mg/dL).20 These BG targets were created to satisfy the clinical requests of specific departments at MUSC. We have restricted starting the multiplier for DKA/HHNK at 0.01, to affect a slower rate of change and the multiplier for all others is set at 0.03.

Transition From Intravenous to Subcutaneous Insulin

At MUSC, IV insulin therapy reverts to an SC insulin therapy protocol when the patient resumes PO feedings, discontinues pressor support, or stops volume resuscitation21 (see Supporting Figure 3 for the IV to SC insulin transition form). While preparing to stop IV insulin, SC insulinparticularly basal insulinshould begin at least 23 hours prior to discontinuing IV insulin. A short‐acting or rapid‐acting insulin may be given 12 hours SC prior to stopping IV insulin. This is particularly true for patients who are at risk for ketoacidosis, such as patients with type 1 diabetes.21 Recommendations for scheduled insulin administration include basal and prandial and correction doses of insulin to cover glycemic excursions. A minority of patients with stress hyperglycemia will not require conversion to SC insulin when discontinuing IV insulin therapy; however, BG monitoring and administration of correction insulin is recommended.

Data Collection

A retrospective chart review was approved by the MUSC Institutional Review Board, and the requirement of patient consent was waived. A database query against the hospital's electronic medical record was used to supply the data for this study. In particular, a complete listing of all finger‐stick BG measurements taken during June 2004 (preimplementation), June 2005 (implementation), and June 2006 and 2007 (postimplementation) was used. The sample included all inpatient stays for patients who had a documented history of diabetes or at least 1 BG reading in excess of 180 during the inpatient stay. Finger‐stick BG measurements taken within 50 minutes of another reading were excluded from the analysis to account for the increased testing frequency that occurs, per protocol, after detection of a hypoglycemic or hyperglycemic event. Finger‐stick BG levels were measured by the Abbott Precision PCX and downloaded directly into the university's electronic medical record.

Statistical Analysis and Considerations

Sample size estimation

A preliminary study of hypoglycemic rates in 2004 and 2005 was used to plan this analysis.22 In this preliminary study, 295 of 13,366 BG readings were mildly hypoglycemic before the glycemic protocol, yielding an estimated rate of 22.1 per 1,000 measurements. During the glycemic protocol implementation period (June 2005), an estimated rate per 1,000 measurements of 18.9 (289/15,324) was obtained. Using the binomial approximation to the Poisson, it was estimated that 30,499 additional BG measurements were needed to detect, with 80% power and a type I error rate of 0.05 (two‐sided), a rate ratio as small as 1.17 (22.1 per 1,000/18.9 per 1,000). Based on the number of BG measurements obtained in the preliminary study (14,000/month), two additional months of postintervention data were deemed necessary. Data from June 2006 and June 2007 were used to test the maintenance effects of the implemented glycemic management protocol.

Primary analysis

Mild, moderate, and severe hypoglycemia were defined as BG readings 5069 mg/dL, 4049 mg/dL, and <40 mg/dL, respectively.23 BG readings 250 mg/dL or higher were considered hyperglycemic. These events were summarized by the methods suggested for an inpatient setting.7 The first method treated each BG as an independent observation (i.e., ward‐level analysis for which the denominator was the total number of BG readings). This analysis represents a census, so statistical comparisons are not warranted (i.e., the population parameters are obtained), but the generalizability of the findings is limited accordingly. For the formal analysis of the prevalence of glycemic events by year, the patient‐day analysis was used. For this analysis, data were aggregated by each unique patient‐day. For each patient‐day, descriptive statistics were tabulated on the raw BG readings. For the determination of patient‐day occurrence of hypoglycemic events, the three hypoglycemic severities (mild, moderate, and severe) were treated as ordinal variables such that if a patient had a severe hypoglycemic episode on a given day, he was considered to have also had moderate and mild hypoglycemia for that day. This strategy was undertaken based on the belief that if a person had a worse outcome, then the less severe outcome also occurred during the same patient day.

The primary hypothesis was that the nurse‐driven hypoglycemia protocol implemented by 2005 would result in tighter BG control (lower rates of hyperglycemia and hypoglycemia) after implementation. To test this hypothesis, the patient‐day summary of BG readings was used to estimate the odds of an event for each year. The odds of developing mild (BG 5069 mg/dL), moderate (BG 4049 mg/dL), and severe (BG < 40 mg/dL) hypoglycemic events were compared using generalized estimating equations for correlated binary data.24 This analysis accounted for the clustering of observations (patient‐day summaries) within patient stay by modeling the correlation of outcomes within a patient stay. In addition to hypoglycemia, the proportion of patient days with a mean BG between 70180 mg/dL and the proportion of patients experiencing hyperglycemia (BG 250 mg/dL) was examined, and these results were analyzed using the same methodology used for the hypoglycemia endpoints. All analyses were conducted using SAS version 9.1.3 using the procedure GENMOD, a generalized linear modeling procedure in SAS/STAT.

Results

The baseline demographic characteristics of the four study groups are shown in Table 3. The four groups were found to be similar for gender distribution, mean age, and racial distribution. There were significant differences observed among hospital stay characteristics, insulin drip use, history of diabetes, ventilator support, kidney failure, dialysis, total parenteral nutrition (TPN), and red blood cell (RBC) transfusions. Overall, insulin drip use tended to increase over time. The percentage of patients with diabetes on admission or diagnosed during admission tended to decrease over time. This was likely due to an increase in the diagnosis and treatment of stress/steroid‐induced hyperglycemia during the hospital stay.

Baseline Demographic Characteristics
VariableAll Years Combined (n = 2102)*2004 (n = 434)2005 (n = 486)2006 (n = 609)2007 (n = 573)P value
  • Demographic data for a total of n = 113 patient records were unobtainable in the electronic medical record.

  • P values for categorical variables are for Pearson chi‐square statistics, and the P value for age is based on the Kruskal‐Wallis test.

Sex, male n (%)959 (45.6)186 (42.9)214 (44.0)292 (48.0)267 (46.6)0.34
Age (years), mean (SD)56.857.6 (14.8)58.0 (15.8)56.7 (16.1)55.4 (16.4)0.092
Race      
Caucasian1000 (47.6%)202 (46.5%)217 (44.7%)300 (49.3%)281 (49.0%)0.64
African American1059 (50.4%)226 (52.1%)255 (52.5%)299 (49.1%)279 (48.7%) 
Hispanic26 (1.2%)4 (0.9%)8 (1.6%)5 (0.8%)9 (1.6%) 
Other17 (0.8%)2 (0.5%)6 (1.2%)5 (0.8%)4 (0.7%) 
Hospital stay characteristics n (%)      
Floor only1630 (77.6%)355 (81.8)%389 (80.0%)430 (70.6%)456 (79.6%)<0.001
ICU only57 (2.7%)8 (1.8%)6 (1.2%)27 (4.4%)16 (2.8%) 
Floor and ICU415 (19.7%)71 (16.4%)91 (18.7%)152 (25.0%)101 (17.6%) 
Clinical characteristics n (%)      
Insulin drip, floor and ICU306 (14.6%)38 (8.8%)52 (10.7%)106 (17.4%)110 (19.2%)<0.001
Insulin drip, floor patients only70 (4.3%)4 (1.1%)9 (2.3%)22 (5.1%)35 (7.7%)<0.001
History of diabetes1677 (79.8%)392 (90.3%)431 (88.7%)442 (72.6%)412 (71.9%)<0.001
Ventilator support319 (15.2%)44 (10.1%)64 (13.2%)135 (22.2%)76 (13.3%)<0.001
Kidney failure250 (11.9%)41 (9.5%)52 (10.7%)95 (15.6%)62 (10.8%)0.008
Dialysis94 (4.5%)21 (4.8%)18 (3.7%)38 (6.2%)17 (3.0%)0.040
Total parenteral nutrition128 (6.1%)27 (6.2%)18 (3.7%)55 (9.0%)28 (4.9%)0.001
Red blood cell transfusions507 (24.1%)96 (22.1%)107 (22.0%)178 (29.2%)126 (22.0%)0.007

A total of 11,715 patient‐days, consisting of 56,401 individual BG readings obtained from 2,215 unique patients, were distributed across the 4 years. Table 4 presents the year‐specific patient‐day analysis. While the prevalence of mild (BG 5069 mg/dL) hypoglycemia was found to increase over the years studied (P < 0.01), the percentage of patient‐days with a mean BG in the range of 70180 mg/dL increased over the period of study (P < 0.01). The total hypoglycemia events <60 mg/dL are presented as comparative data to other studies.7 The percent of patient days with at least one BG < 70 mg/dL (reported in Table 4 as mild events) ranged from 3.72 in 2005 to as high as 10.71 in 2007; however, approximately one‐half of the hypoglycemic events are attributable to readings from BG 6069 since the proportion of patient days with a BG < 60 mg/dL was approximately one‐half that for BG < 70 mg/dL (Table 4). The prevalence of patient days with at least one moderate (BG 4049 mg/dL) or severe (BG < 40 mg/dL) hypoglycemia event was not found to increase in a linear manner. There was a statistical trend for potentially nonlinear relationship of year with moderate hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia.

Glucometric Summary by Year for Data Aggregated by Patient‐Day
 Year (number of patient days)Tests of significance*
Measure2004 (n = 2176)2005 (n = 2259)2006 (n = 3525)2007 (n = 3755)Linear trendType 3 test
  • Abbreviations: BG, blood glucose reading; IQR, interquartile range; SD, standard deviation.

  • P‐values reported from mixed models (mean BG over years) and generalized estimating equations (all other, ie, percentage of patient‐days with glycemic events). Linear trend is a single degree of freedom testing for a linear increase or decrease over time; the type 3 test allowed for indicator variables for each year and tests for any overall difference between any 2 years.

  • The summary measures are based on a patient‐day analysis. Blood glucose readings taken within 50 minutes were excluded from the analysis. For the mean and median values reported, the unit of analysis is the patient‐day mean BG (eg, the measures represent the mean/median of the patient‐specific patient‐day means). For the percentage measures, the percentage of patient‐days with at least 1 event of interest was tabulated.

BG mean (SD) (mg/dL)156 (82)152 (72)154 (51)149 (51)0.850.23
BG median [IQR] (mg/dL)136 [105, 186]136 [105, 181]144 [120, 177]137 [114, 169]N/AN/A
BG readings per patient‐day [mean (SD)]3.9 (2.4)4.2 (2.9)4.9 (3.4)5.7 (4.6)N/AN/A
% Patient‐days with mean BG in range (70‐180 mg/dL)69.5372.8276.6879.79<0.01<0.01
% BGs <60 mg/dL3.311.905.365.27<0.01<0.01
% Mild hypoglycemia (50‐69 mg/dL)6.203.7210.2410.71<0.01<0.01
% Moderate hypoglycemia (40‐49 mg/dL)1.880.842.752.080.15<0.01
% Severe hypoglycemia (<40 mg/dL)0.690.440.960.750.490.37
% Hyperglycemia (250 mg/dL)14.7111.7316.8515.150.230.02

Immediately following the implementation (year 2005), post hoc comparisons suggested that the rate of moderate hypoglycemia was lowest relative to the 3 other years, but no other statistical differences were observed. The year 2005 also had the lowest proportion of patient days with at least 1 hyperglycemic event.

The individual BG readings for the 2215 unique patients were also individually analyzed according to the methods of Goldberg et al.7 Even though no statistical tests were performed at the ward level, the descriptive data presented in Table 5 are consistent with the analysis of the patient‐day data. Several important features of the data are illustrated by Table 5. Most notably, the glycemic control at the hospital level is improved. The percentage of BG readings in the range of 70180 mg/dL increased annually whereas the mean BG values, the coefficient of variation, and the interquartile range (IQR) decreased annually.

Glycemic Summary of Individual Blood Glucose Readings Taken in June by Year by Ward‐Level
 Year (number of blood glucose readings)
 2004 (n = 8,504)2005 (n = 9,396)2006 (n = 17,098)2007 (n = 21,403)
  • NOTE: Blood glucose readings taken with 50 minutes of another reading were excluded from the analysis.

  • Abbreviations: BG, blood glucose reading; IQR, interquartile range; SD, standard deviation.

Number of patients434486612683
BG mean (SD) (mg/dL)156 (85)154 (81)149 (61)138 (57)
Coefficient of variation0.550.530.410.41
Median BG [IQR] (mg/dL)135 [101‐186]134 [103‐183]136 [108‐176]124 [101‐160]
% BGs in range (70‐180 mg/dL)68.0971.8073.7180.41
% Mild hypoglycemia (50‐69 mg/dL)3.352.012.572.30
% Moderate hypoglycemia (40‐49 mg/dL)0.950.290.470.26
% Severe hypoglycemia (<40 mg/dL)0.670.360.240.15
% Hyperglycemia (250 mg/dL)10.239.086.434.83

Conclusions

Collectively, we have shown that implementing standardized insulin order sets including hypoglycemia, SC insulin, IV insulin, and IV to SC insulin transition treatment protocols at MUSC may generate the expected benefits for patient safety for this population of patients. The primary hypothesis that the rate of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia would be lower after the implementation of these protocols was supported by the data, because the overall blood glucose control was markedly improved as a result of the protocols. However, the effect was strongest in 2005 (immediately following the protocol's implementation) and appeared to diminish some with time.

There were several other quality improvement measures initiated at MUSC that likely contributed to the decreasing rates of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia. For example, comparing June 2004 with June 2007, the number of patients tested increased from 434 to 683. This increase could be attributed, in part, to a trend on medical/surgical services toward an increased focus on glucose monitoring.

When intensive glycemic control programs are implemented, hospitals should have a standardized, nurse‐driven hypoglycemia protocol.11 The success of such a hypoglycemia treatment protocol is demonstrated by the improvement observed at MUSC since the protocol was first implemented in October 2004.22

There are limitations that warrant consideration. A key limitation is that other procedural changes may have occurred during the years of study. Because the initial focus of the HDTF was to reduce hypoglycemic and hyperglycemic events, a multipronged approach was used, beginning with the treatment protocol but followed by other changes. These changes, while unmeasured in the current study, could have influenced the rate of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia. Therefore, although the protocol that we developed has sound theoretical underpinnings, the improvement in glycemic control at other hospitals may vary. Second, because this was initially regarded as a quality improvement project for hospitalized patients with hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia, we did not evaluate morbidity, mortality, or other clinical outcome data other than BG targets and incidences of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia. Third, there was no concurrent control group established for this study, rather the study used a retrospective, nonrandomized design with a historical control. As previously mentioned, we cannot rule out the idea that other changes occurred between the preprotocol and postprotocol interval to influence our results. Finally, there are statistical limitations to the research.

One limitation regarding the analysis of the BG data was the potential for an increased type I error (ie, false‐positive result) due to clustering of BG values within a patient and increased monitoring frequencies when a hypoglycemic or hyperglycemic event was observed. The generalized estimating equations directly addressed the first concern. In particular, the effective sample size for each participant was a function of the number of patient‐days and the correlation of patient‐day summaries. Therefore, patients with several highly‐correlated outcomes would contribute less to the analysis than other patients with the same number of patient‐days that were correlated to a lesser extent. As for the second concern, the patient‐day frequencies alleviate this problem and avoid the length‐of‐stay bias associated with a patient‐level (or patient‐stay) analysis. Power was less than planned due in part to the use of the patient‐day analysis instead of the originally designed ward‐level analysis. The change in the statistical design was a response to emerging evidence in the literature.7

In conclusion, the hypothesis that MUSC patients benefit from the use of standardized insulin order sets, hypoglycemia, and hyperglycemia treatment protocols, is supported by the data collected in this study. Because it has been recommended that a hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia prevention protocol as well as a hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia treatment protocol be in place, the HDTF will be focusing on the actual prevention of the hypoglycemic and hyperglycemic incidents occurring in the first place.2, 25 This may result in further reductions of hypoglycemic and hyperglycemic events. We have recently implemented hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia prevention policies at MUSC.

The concept of improved inpatient diabetes control has been gaining attention in hospitals nationwide as a mechanism for improving patient outcomes, decreasing readmission rates, reducing cost of care, and shortening hospital length of stay.14 The growing recognition that glycemic control is a critical element of inpatient care has prompted several national agencies, including the National Quality Forum (NQF), University Health System Consortium (UHC), Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), and the Joint Commission (JC) to make inpatient diabetes control a focus of quality improvement efforts and outcomes tracking.1 There is a national trend toward the use of intravenous insulin infusion for tight glycemic control of stress‐induced hyperglycemia in postoperative intensive care unit (ICU) and medical ICU patients.5, 6 Consequently, there is a need for the development of a standardized approach for performance evaluation of subcutaneous and intravenous insulin protocols, while ensuring patient safety issues. The analysis of glucose outcomes is based on the systematic analysis of blood glucose (BG) performance metrics known as glucometrics.7, 8 This has provided a means to measure the success of hospital quality improvement programs over time.

The 2008 American Diabetes Association (ADA) Clinical Practice Recommendations endorse BG goals for the critically ill to be maintained as close as possible to 110 mg/dL (6.1 mmol/L) and generally <140 mg/dL (7.8 mmol/L).2 The American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists/The American College of Endocrinology guidelines recommend for ICU care BG in the range of 80110 mg/dL.1, 4 Regarding the non‐critically ill patients, the ADA recommends targets for fasting BG of <126 mg/dL (7.0 mmol/L) and all random BG 180200 mg/dL (1011.1 mmol/L).2 A limitation for these BG goals is hypoglycemia; the ADA endorses that hospitals try to achieve these lower BG values through quality improvement initiatives devised to systematically and safely reduce the BG targets.2

Materials and Methods

The Medical University of South Carolina (MUSC) is a 709‐bed tertiary‐care medical/surgical center located in Charleston, South Carolina. The medical center consists of 6 adult ICUs: medical intensive care unit, coronary care unit, cardiothoracic intensive care unit, neurosurgical intensive care unit, neurosurgical trauma intensive care unit, and surgical trauma intensive care unit. Overall, 14% of patients are in the ICUs, and 86% of patients are on the wards. MUSC has an extensive referral network including neighboring hospitals, rehabilitation centers, outpatient specialty treatment and imaging centers, and doctors' offices.

MUSC Hospital Diabetes Task Force

In 2003, the Medical Executive Committee (MEC) and the Medical Director of the MUSC Medical Center mandated that a Hospital Diabetes Task Force (HDTF) be created to improve the care of patients with diabetes hospitalized at our facility. The initial goal of the HDTF was to develop a multidisciplinary team that would address the barriers to achieving glycemic control in the inpatient setting. Chaired by an endocrinologist, the HDTF currently consists of representatives from medicine (endocrinology and hospital medicine), surgery, nursing, diabetes education, nutrition, hospital administration, pharmacy, house staff, and laboratory medicine. The HDTF has been responsible for developing and overseeing the implementation of standardized nursing flow sheets for diabetic patients, order sets for subcutaneous and intravenous insulin administration, protocols for management of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia, and systems tracking outcomes for quality improvement. The HDTF has also taken the lead in educating physician and nursing staff in the proper use of the new protocols and procedures.

Development of Hypoglycemia Protocol

The task force began with the hypoglycemia policy that was currently in place at the time. Initially developed in 1993, the policy outlined guidelines for the nursing staff to follow in the treatment of hypoglycemia. Over the course of 6 months, the task force revised the policy as well as the hypoglycemia protocol based on the following principles:

  • Nurse‐initiated orders for treatment of hypoglycemia throughout the hospital.

  • Standardized treatment for hypoglycemia based on patient type and degree of hypoglycemia.

  • Availability of glucose tablets, glucagon, and intravenous 50% dextrose (D50%) in easily accessible areas on all units.

  • Linkage of the hypoglycemia protocol to all insulin orders.

  • Extensive education of hypoglycemia symptom recognition and treatment.

  • Linkage of the hypoglycemia protocol to nursing documentation.

  • Development of carbohydrate counting in the hospital.

 

The assumption was that a major revision of the hypoglycemia protocol, based on these principles, would ensure better patient safety against hypoglycemic events, especially in light of the intensive medical management of glycemic control. On October 1, 2004, MUSC instituted a nurse‐initiated order for a hospital‐based hypoglycemia protocol to begin treatment for all BG <70 mg/dL. The hypoglycemia protocol became a part of the online adult insulin prescribing system so that when the physician signed the adult online insulin orders, the hypoglycemia protocol was ordered at the same time. Nursing units were stocked with glucose tablets, intramuscular glucagon, and D50% for consistent treatment of hypoglycemia.

Modifications to the hypoglycemia protocol included the following: in July 2006changing to specific aliquots of D50% for treatment of hypoglycemia to avoid overcorrection of low BG; reinforcing the need with the nursing staff to recheck BG 15 minutes after an episode of hypoglycemia; listing of juice as a last form of treatment for hypoglycemia; and in May 2007instituting a hypoglycemia prevention policy along with a hypoglycemia treatment policy (see Table 1 for hypoglycemia treatment protocol).

Hypoglycemia Protocol Actions
Patient CharacteristicsAction To Be Taken
  • NOTE: Copyright 2006 Medical University of South Carolina. All rights reserved. Reprinted with permission from the Medical University of South Carolina.

The patient is unable to eat or swallow safelyAdminister dextrose 50% by intravenous push as follows:
The patient is NPO15 mL (7.5 g) for BG 6069 mg/dL
OR20 mL (10 g) for BG 5059 mg/dL
The patient is unconscious25 mL (12.5 g) for BG 3049 mg/dL
AND30 mL (15 g) for BG <30 mg/dL
The patient has intravenous accessAssess unconscious patient for adequate airway, breathing, and circulation
 If possible place patient in a lateral recumbent position to decrease aspiration
Place patient on seizure precautions
Recheck BG every 15 minutes and repeat treatment until BG is greater than 70 mg/dL
The patient is unable to eat or swallow safelyAdminister 1 mg glucagon intramuscularly
The patient is NPOAssess patient for adequate airway, breathing, and circulation
ORPlace patient in a lateral recumbent position to decrease aspiration
The patient is unconsciousPlace patient on seizure precautions
ANDEstablish intravenous access
The patient does not have intravenous accessRecheck BG and consciousness every 5 minutes and repeat treatment until BG is greater than 70 and patient is awake
The patient is able to eat and swallow safelyFeed with 15 grams of carbohydrate in order of preference from the following:
ORFast Fifteen: 3 glucose tablets
The patient has a patent nasogastric tube1 tablespoon of sugar (3 packets)
 4 oz (120 mL) of regular soda
4 oz (120 mL) of juice
Recheck BG in 15 minutes and repeat treatment until BG is greater than 70 mg/dL
It will be necessary to give the patient extra food after blood glucose is greater than 70 mg/dL if hypoglycemia occurs greater than 1 hour from meal or occurs during sleeping hours. Feed the
 patient 1 of the following:
 8 oz (1 cup) of whole milk
 6 saltine crackers with 2 tablespoons of peanut butter
  6 saltine crackers with 1 oz. cheese

Education of Hospital Personnel

In addition to the development of the hypoglycemia protocol and a nursing flow sheet dedicated specifically to the use of insulinthe insulin Medication Administration Record (MAR) (Supporting Figure 1)a key piece in the implementation strategy was the development of an educational program for the nurses, house staff, and medical personnel about policies and procedures. Many in‐service sessions were conducted to outline the protocols and to troubleshoot any difficulties.9 The key champion for training the nurses was a hospital RN Certified Diabetes Educator (CDE) who was instrumental in obtaining in‐hospital nursing support for the protocols. A series of 30‐minute to 60‐minute in‐service sessions were conducted for nursing staff on each unit before the protocols were launched. To ensure that these in‐services were presented to as many staff as possible, the sessions were repeated at least two times for each shift. An important aspect of the education was the understanding of the different types of insulin and the concepts addressing the ways insulin can be used for maintenance of euglycemia: basal, prandial, and correction.14, 10, 11 This education also included information regarding ADA BG targets, characteristics of an insulin‐deficient patient, defining type 1 and type 2 diabetes, a review about insulin requirements during health and illness, treatment of hypoglycemia, information about insulin products, the concept of carbohydrate counting, and proper documentation of patient treatment.2, 1214

Subcutaneous Insulin Protocol

The protocols for subcutaneous (SC) insulin developed by the HDTF targeted a BG range of 70140 mg/dL on the medical surgical floors (Supporting Figure 2). The forms developed were based on scheduled or programmed insulin, which consists of basal and prandial/nutritional insulin with SC correction‐dose insulin.15 Correction or supplemental insulin is used to treat elevated BGs that occur before meals or between meals. If used at bedtime, the correction insulin is lowered to prevent nocturnal hypoglycemia. Correction‐dose insulin is different from sliding‐scale insulin, which is a predetermined amount of insulin used to treat hyperglycemia without regard to prior insulin administration or timing of food intake.15 When patients are hospitalized, scheduled and correction insulin doses are raised to cover the increased insulin needs of basal, prandial, and nutritional dosing in the hospital settting.3 As routine process of care, oral antihyperglycemic agents were recommended to be stopped at the time of hospital admission.

In January 2006, MUSC instituted a surveillance plan with nursing CDEs who reviewed charts for events of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia: BG < 60 mg/dL and two BGs >200 mg/dL, respectively. In January 2006, all sliding‐scale insulin protocols were eliminated and replaced with basal, prandial, and correction insulin protocols. In July 2006, MUSC eliminated SC regular insulin use and replaced it with SC analog insulin use, except for a rare patient exception.

To reduce insulin errors, our hospital formulary was restricted to the following insulin use: SC glargine, SC neutral protamine hagedorn (NPH), SC aspartame, and intravenous (IV) regular (Table 2 shows the time line for hospital upgrades, with dates).

Time Line for Hospital Upgrades with Dates
DateIntervention
September 2003Formation of HDTF
October 2004Initiation of hypoglycemia protocol: MD standing order for nurse‐driven hypoglycemia protocol
January‐May 2005Intensive nursing education: how to Rx hypoglycemia, nursing flow sheet (insulin MAR), patient education record, CHO counting, insulin concepts
October 2005Began using IVIIC in CT Surgery
January 2006Surveillance plan with CDE chart checks: hypoglycemia <60 mg/dL and hyperglycemia two BGs >200 mg/dL
January 2006All sliding‐scale insulin protocols eliminated and replaced with preprinted protocols basal dose based on body weight, prandial dose based on body weight, and correction dose based on total daily dose of insulin
February 2006All adult ICUs using IVIIC with BG checks q 2‐4 hour
June 2006Stress need to use juice last in Rx hypoglycemia, so not to over treat patients
July 2006Use aliquots D50 to Rx different severities of hypoglycemia
July 2006Elimination of SC regular insulin and replace it with SC insulin analog use. Hospital formulary restricted to: SC glargine, SC NPH, SC aspart, and IV regular insulin
July 2006Increase frequency BG checks while using IVIIC: check BG q1 hour
July 2006Eliminate SC Novolin 70/30 from hospital formulary and replace with SC Novolog 70/30
September 2006Implement insulin pump initiation/orders
May 2007Institute hypoglycemia prevention policy along with hypoglycemia treatment policy
June 2007Stress difference between juices: apple/orange juice: 15 g; and prune, cranberry, grape juice: 23 g

Intravenous Insulin Protocol

The HDTF initially reviewed 15 evidence‐based protocols and identified 5 desirable protocol characteristics. These characteristics included easy physician ordering (requiring only a signature), ability to quickly reach and maintain a BG target range, minimal risk for hypoglycemic events, adaptability for use anywhere in the hospital setting, and acceptance and implementation by nursing staff.16

The IV protocol, a web‐based calculator (Figure 1), was developed based on the concept of the multiplier by White et al.17 For this protocol, the IV infusion (IVI) rate is changed based on a formula that uses a multiplier (a surrogate for insulin sensitivity factor) and the difference between measured BG and target blood glucose (TBG). The calculator uses the following mathematical formula: rate of insulin infusion/hour = (current BG 60 mg/dL) 0.03.18, 19 Additionally, the protocol requires that enough insulin be infused to address severe hyperglycemia at initiation with a rapid reduction in the insulin infusion rate as BG normalizes. The protocol also permits an adjustment of the insulin rate by tenths of a unit per hour to maintain the BG in the center of the target range. The main variant of this protocol is the value of the starting multiplier. The web‐based calculator is currently being used in all 6 adult ICUs and on all of the adult medical‐surgical floors at MUSC.

Figure 1
Web interface image for intravenous insulin infusion calculator. Reprinted with permission from the Medical University of South Carolina.

In early 2006, all adult ICUs were using our in‐house, web‐based intravenous insulin infusion calculator (IVIIC), which prompted more BG readings with intensification of insulin drip use.19 Specifically, initial monitoring for the IVIIC included BG readings every 24 hours. To avoid hypoglycemic events from occurring with the intensification of BG readings for the IVIIC, the BG monitoring frequency was increased to every hour in July 2006. Initial treatment for hypoglycemia was D50% (12.525 g), which tended to overcorrect BG. In July 2006, we revised the protocol using aliquots of D50% specific to the BG reading.19 This action has resulted in decreasing the glycemic excursions observed due to overcorrection of hypoglycemia.

BG target ranges to match the level of care are as follows: intensive care unit (80110 mg/dL); labor and delivery (70110 mg/dL); adult medical/surgical floors (80140 mg/dL); diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA)/hyperosmolar nonketotic coma (HHNK) (150200 mg/dL); neurosurgery ICU (90120 mg/dL); and perioperative patients (140180 mg/dL).20 These BG targets were created to satisfy the clinical requests of specific departments at MUSC. We have restricted starting the multiplier for DKA/HHNK at 0.01, to affect a slower rate of change and the multiplier for all others is set at 0.03.

Transition From Intravenous to Subcutaneous Insulin

At MUSC, IV insulin therapy reverts to an SC insulin therapy protocol when the patient resumes PO feedings, discontinues pressor support, or stops volume resuscitation21 (see Supporting Figure 3 for the IV to SC insulin transition form). While preparing to stop IV insulin, SC insulinparticularly basal insulinshould begin at least 23 hours prior to discontinuing IV insulin. A short‐acting or rapid‐acting insulin may be given 12 hours SC prior to stopping IV insulin. This is particularly true for patients who are at risk for ketoacidosis, such as patients with type 1 diabetes.21 Recommendations for scheduled insulin administration include basal and prandial and correction doses of insulin to cover glycemic excursions. A minority of patients with stress hyperglycemia will not require conversion to SC insulin when discontinuing IV insulin therapy; however, BG monitoring and administration of correction insulin is recommended.

Data Collection

A retrospective chart review was approved by the MUSC Institutional Review Board, and the requirement of patient consent was waived. A database query against the hospital's electronic medical record was used to supply the data for this study. In particular, a complete listing of all finger‐stick BG measurements taken during June 2004 (preimplementation), June 2005 (implementation), and June 2006 and 2007 (postimplementation) was used. The sample included all inpatient stays for patients who had a documented history of diabetes or at least 1 BG reading in excess of 180 during the inpatient stay. Finger‐stick BG measurements taken within 50 minutes of another reading were excluded from the analysis to account for the increased testing frequency that occurs, per protocol, after detection of a hypoglycemic or hyperglycemic event. Finger‐stick BG levels were measured by the Abbott Precision PCX and downloaded directly into the university's electronic medical record.

Statistical Analysis and Considerations

Sample size estimation

A preliminary study of hypoglycemic rates in 2004 and 2005 was used to plan this analysis.22 In this preliminary study, 295 of 13,366 BG readings were mildly hypoglycemic before the glycemic protocol, yielding an estimated rate of 22.1 per 1,000 measurements. During the glycemic protocol implementation period (June 2005), an estimated rate per 1,000 measurements of 18.9 (289/15,324) was obtained. Using the binomial approximation to the Poisson, it was estimated that 30,499 additional BG measurements were needed to detect, with 80% power and a type I error rate of 0.05 (two‐sided), a rate ratio as small as 1.17 (22.1 per 1,000/18.9 per 1,000). Based on the number of BG measurements obtained in the preliminary study (14,000/month), two additional months of postintervention data were deemed necessary. Data from June 2006 and June 2007 were used to test the maintenance effects of the implemented glycemic management protocol.

Primary analysis

Mild, moderate, and severe hypoglycemia were defined as BG readings 5069 mg/dL, 4049 mg/dL, and <40 mg/dL, respectively.23 BG readings 250 mg/dL or higher were considered hyperglycemic. These events were summarized by the methods suggested for an inpatient setting.7 The first method treated each BG as an independent observation (i.e., ward‐level analysis for which the denominator was the total number of BG readings). This analysis represents a census, so statistical comparisons are not warranted (i.e., the population parameters are obtained), but the generalizability of the findings is limited accordingly. For the formal analysis of the prevalence of glycemic events by year, the patient‐day analysis was used. For this analysis, data were aggregated by each unique patient‐day. For each patient‐day, descriptive statistics were tabulated on the raw BG readings. For the determination of patient‐day occurrence of hypoglycemic events, the three hypoglycemic severities (mild, moderate, and severe) were treated as ordinal variables such that if a patient had a severe hypoglycemic episode on a given day, he was considered to have also had moderate and mild hypoglycemia for that day. This strategy was undertaken based on the belief that if a person had a worse outcome, then the less severe outcome also occurred during the same patient day.

The primary hypothesis was that the nurse‐driven hypoglycemia protocol implemented by 2005 would result in tighter BG control (lower rates of hyperglycemia and hypoglycemia) after implementation. To test this hypothesis, the patient‐day summary of BG readings was used to estimate the odds of an event for each year. The odds of developing mild (BG 5069 mg/dL), moderate (BG 4049 mg/dL), and severe (BG < 40 mg/dL) hypoglycemic events were compared using generalized estimating equations for correlated binary data.24 This analysis accounted for the clustering of observations (patient‐day summaries) within patient stay by modeling the correlation of outcomes within a patient stay. In addition to hypoglycemia, the proportion of patient days with a mean BG between 70180 mg/dL and the proportion of patients experiencing hyperglycemia (BG 250 mg/dL) was examined, and these results were analyzed using the same methodology used for the hypoglycemia endpoints. All analyses were conducted using SAS version 9.1.3 using the procedure GENMOD, a generalized linear modeling procedure in SAS/STAT.

Results

The baseline demographic characteristics of the four study groups are shown in Table 3. The four groups were found to be similar for gender distribution, mean age, and racial distribution. There were significant differences observed among hospital stay characteristics, insulin drip use, history of diabetes, ventilator support, kidney failure, dialysis, total parenteral nutrition (TPN), and red blood cell (RBC) transfusions. Overall, insulin drip use tended to increase over time. The percentage of patients with diabetes on admission or diagnosed during admission tended to decrease over time. This was likely due to an increase in the diagnosis and treatment of stress/steroid‐induced hyperglycemia during the hospital stay.

Baseline Demographic Characteristics
VariableAll Years Combined (n = 2102)*2004 (n = 434)2005 (n = 486)2006 (n = 609)2007 (n = 573)P value
  • Demographic data for a total of n = 113 patient records were unobtainable in the electronic medical record.

  • P values for categorical variables are for Pearson chi‐square statistics, and the P value for age is based on the Kruskal‐Wallis test.

Sex, male n (%)959 (45.6)186 (42.9)214 (44.0)292 (48.0)267 (46.6)0.34
Age (years), mean (SD)56.857.6 (14.8)58.0 (15.8)56.7 (16.1)55.4 (16.4)0.092
Race      
Caucasian1000 (47.6%)202 (46.5%)217 (44.7%)300 (49.3%)281 (49.0%)0.64
African American1059 (50.4%)226 (52.1%)255 (52.5%)299 (49.1%)279 (48.7%) 
Hispanic26 (1.2%)4 (0.9%)8 (1.6%)5 (0.8%)9 (1.6%) 
Other17 (0.8%)2 (0.5%)6 (1.2%)5 (0.8%)4 (0.7%) 
Hospital stay characteristics n (%)      
Floor only1630 (77.6%)355 (81.8)%389 (80.0%)430 (70.6%)456 (79.6%)<0.001
ICU only57 (2.7%)8 (1.8%)6 (1.2%)27 (4.4%)16 (2.8%) 
Floor and ICU415 (19.7%)71 (16.4%)91 (18.7%)152 (25.0%)101 (17.6%) 
Clinical characteristics n (%)      
Insulin drip, floor and ICU306 (14.6%)38 (8.8%)52 (10.7%)106 (17.4%)110 (19.2%)<0.001
Insulin drip, floor patients only70 (4.3%)4 (1.1%)9 (2.3%)22 (5.1%)35 (7.7%)<0.001
History of diabetes1677 (79.8%)392 (90.3%)431 (88.7%)442 (72.6%)412 (71.9%)<0.001
Ventilator support319 (15.2%)44 (10.1%)64 (13.2%)135 (22.2%)76 (13.3%)<0.001
Kidney failure250 (11.9%)41 (9.5%)52 (10.7%)95 (15.6%)62 (10.8%)0.008
Dialysis94 (4.5%)21 (4.8%)18 (3.7%)38 (6.2%)17 (3.0%)0.040
Total parenteral nutrition128 (6.1%)27 (6.2%)18 (3.7%)55 (9.0%)28 (4.9%)0.001
Red blood cell transfusions507 (24.1%)96 (22.1%)107 (22.0%)178 (29.2%)126 (22.0%)0.007

A total of 11,715 patient‐days, consisting of 56,401 individual BG readings obtained from 2,215 unique patients, were distributed across the 4 years. Table 4 presents the year‐specific patient‐day analysis. While the prevalence of mild (BG 5069 mg/dL) hypoglycemia was found to increase over the years studied (P < 0.01), the percentage of patient‐days with a mean BG in the range of 70180 mg/dL increased over the period of study (P < 0.01). The total hypoglycemia events <60 mg/dL are presented as comparative data to other studies.7 The percent of patient days with at least one BG < 70 mg/dL (reported in Table 4 as mild events) ranged from 3.72 in 2005 to as high as 10.71 in 2007; however, approximately one‐half of the hypoglycemic events are attributable to readings from BG 6069 since the proportion of patient days with a BG < 60 mg/dL was approximately one‐half that for BG < 70 mg/dL (Table 4). The prevalence of patient days with at least one moderate (BG 4049 mg/dL) or severe (BG < 40 mg/dL) hypoglycemia event was not found to increase in a linear manner. There was a statistical trend for potentially nonlinear relationship of year with moderate hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia.

Glucometric Summary by Year for Data Aggregated by Patient‐Day
 Year (number of patient days)Tests of significance*
Measure2004 (n = 2176)2005 (n = 2259)2006 (n = 3525)2007 (n = 3755)Linear trendType 3 test
  • Abbreviations: BG, blood glucose reading; IQR, interquartile range; SD, standard deviation.

  • P‐values reported from mixed models (mean BG over years) and generalized estimating equations (all other, ie, percentage of patient‐days with glycemic events). Linear trend is a single degree of freedom testing for a linear increase or decrease over time; the type 3 test allowed for indicator variables for each year and tests for any overall difference between any 2 years.

  • The summary measures are based on a patient‐day analysis. Blood glucose readings taken within 50 minutes were excluded from the analysis. For the mean and median values reported, the unit of analysis is the patient‐day mean BG (eg, the measures represent the mean/median of the patient‐specific patient‐day means). For the percentage measures, the percentage of patient‐days with at least 1 event of interest was tabulated.

BG mean (SD) (mg/dL)156 (82)152 (72)154 (51)149 (51)0.850.23
BG median [IQR] (mg/dL)136 [105, 186]136 [105, 181]144 [120, 177]137 [114, 169]N/AN/A
BG readings per patient‐day [mean (SD)]3.9 (2.4)4.2 (2.9)4.9 (3.4)5.7 (4.6)N/AN/A
% Patient‐days with mean BG in range (70‐180 mg/dL)69.5372.8276.6879.79<0.01<0.01
% BGs <60 mg/dL3.311.905.365.27<0.01<0.01
% Mild hypoglycemia (50‐69 mg/dL)6.203.7210.2410.71<0.01<0.01
% Moderate hypoglycemia (40‐49 mg/dL)1.880.842.752.080.15<0.01
% Severe hypoglycemia (<40 mg/dL)0.690.440.960.750.490.37
% Hyperglycemia (250 mg/dL)14.7111.7316.8515.150.230.02

Immediately following the implementation (year 2005), post hoc comparisons suggested that the rate of moderate hypoglycemia was lowest relative to the 3 other years, but no other statistical differences were observed. The year 2005 also had the lowest proportion of patient days with at least 1 hyperglycemic event.

The individual BG readings for the 2215 unique patients were also individually analyzed according to the methods of Goldberg et al.7 Even though no statistical tests were performed at the ward level, the descriptive data presented in Table 5 are consistent with the analysis of the patient‐day data. Several important features of the data are illustrated by Table 5. Most notably, the glycemic control at the hospital level is improved. The percentage of BG readings in the range of 70180 mg/dL increased annually whereas the mean BG values, the coefficient of variation, and the interquartile range (IQR) decreased annually.

Glycemic Summary of Individual Blood Glucose Readings Taken in June by Year by Ward‐Level
 Year (number of blood glucose readings)
 2004 (n = 8,504)2005 (n = 9,396)2006 (n = 17,098)2007 (n = 21,403)
  • NOTE: Blood glucose readings taken with 50 minutes of another reading were excluded from the analysis.

  • Abbreviations: BG, blood glucose reading; IQR, interquartile range; SD, standard deviation.

Number of patients434486612683
BG mean (SD) (mg/dL)156 (85)154 (81)149 (61)138 (57)
Coefficient of variation0.550.530.410.41
Median BG [IQR] (mg/dL)135 [101‐186]134 [103‐183]136 [108‐176]124 [101‐160]
% BGs in range (70‐180 mg/dL)68.0971.8073.7180.41
% Mild hypoglycemia (50‐69 mg/dL)3.352.012.572.30
% Moderate hypoglycemia (40‐49 mg/dL)0.950.290.470.26
% Severe hypoglycemia (<40 mg/dL)0.670.360.240.15
% Hyperglycemia (250 mg/dL)10.239.086.434.83

Conclusions

Collectively, we have shown that implementing standardized insulin order sets including hypoglycemia, SC insulin, IV insulin, and IV to SC insulin transition treatment protocols at MUSC may generate the expected benefits for patient safety for this population of patients. The primary hypothesis that the rate of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia would be lower after the implementation of these protocols was supported by the data, because the overall blood glucose control was markedly improved as a result of the protocols. However, the effect was strongest in 2005 (immediately following the protocol's implementation) and appeared to diminish some with time.

There were several other quality improvement measures initiated at MUSC that likely contributed to the decreasing rates of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia. For example, comparing June 2004 with June 2007, the number of patients tested increased from 434 to 683. This increase could be attributed, in part, to a trend on medical/surgical services toward an increased focus on glucose monitoring.

When intensive glycemic control programs are implemented, hospitals should have a standardized, nurse‐driven hypoglycemia protocol.11 The success of such a hypoglycemia treatment protocol is demonstrated by the improvement observed at MUSC since the protocol was first implemented in October 2004.22

There are limitations that warrant consideration. A key limitation is that other procedural changes may have occurred during the years of study. Because the initial focus of the HDTF was to reduce hypoglycemic and hyperglycemic events, a multipronged approach was used, beginning with the treatment protocol but followed by other changes. These changes, while unmeasured in the current study, could have influenced the rate of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia. Therefore, although the protocol that we developed has sound theoretical underpinnings, the improvement in glycemic control at other hospitals may vary. Second, because this was initially regarded as a quality improvement project for hospitalized patients with hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia, we did not evaluate morbidity, mortality, or other clinical outcome data other than BG targets and incidences of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia. Third, there was no concurrent control group established for this study, rather the study used a retrospective, nonrandomized design with a historical control. As previously mentioned, we cannot rule out the idea that other changes occurred between the preprotocol and postprotocol interval to influence our results. Finally, there are statistical limitations to the research.

One limitation regarding the analysis of the BG data was the potential for an increased type I error (ie, false‐positive result) due to clustering of BG values within a patient and increased monitoring frequencies when a hypoglycemic or hyperglycemic event was observed. The generalized estimating equations directly addressed the first concern. In particular, the effective sample size for each participant was a function of the number of patient‐days and the correlation of patient‐day summaries. Therefore, patients with several highly‐correlated outcomes would contribute less to the analysis than other patients with the same number of patient‐days that were correlated to a lesser extent. As for the second concern, the patient‐day frequencies alleviate this problem and avoid the length‐of‐stay bias associated with a patient‐level (or patient‐stay) analysis. Power was less than planned due in part to the use of the patient‐day analysis instead of the originally designed ward‐level analysis. The change in the statistical design was a response to emerging evidence in the literature.7

In conclusion, the hypothesis that MUSC patients benefit from the use of standardized insulin order sets, hypoglycemia, and hyperglycemia treatment protocols, is supported by the data collected in this study. Because it has been recommended that a hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia prevention protocol as well as a hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia treatment protocol be in place, the HDTF will be focusing on the actual prevention of the hypoglycemic and hyperglycemic incidents occurring in the first place.2, 25 This may result in further reductions of hypoglycemic and hyperglycemic events. We have recently implemented hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia prevention policies at MUSC.

References
  1. Ace ADA Task Force on Inpatient Diabetes.American College of Endocrinology and American Diabetes Association Consensus Statement on Inpatient Diabetes and Glycemic Control.Endocr Pract.2006;12(4):458468.
  2. ADA Writing Group.Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes—2008.Diabetes Care.2008;31(suppl 1):S12S54.
  3. Clement S,Braithwaite SS,Magee MF, et al.Management of diabetes and hyperglycemia in hospitals.Diabetes Care.2004;27(2):553591.
  4. Garber AJ,Moghissi ES,Bransome ED, et al.American College of Endocrinology Position Statement on Inpatient Diabetes and Metabolic Control.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):4–9.
  5. Van den Berghe G,Wouters P,Weekers F, et al.Intensive insulin therapy in the critically ill patients.N Engl J Med.2001;345:13591367.
  6. Van den Berghe G,Wilmer A,Hermans G, et al.Intensive insulin therapy in the medical ICU.N Engl J Med.2006;354(5):449461.
  7. Goldberg PA,Bozzo JE,Thomas PG, et al.“Glucometrics”: assessing the quality of inpatient glucose management.Diabetes Technol Ther.2006;8(5):560569.
  8. Maynard G.Society of Hospital Medicine Glycemic Control Task Force, Track Performance; Introducing Glucometrics. SHM;2007.
  9. Ku SY,Sayre CA,Hirsch IB,Kelly JL.New insulin infusion protocol improves blood glucose control in hospitalized patients without increasing hypoglycemia.Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf.2005;31(3):141147.
  10. Evert A,Nauseth R.The new insulin analogs: using a team approach to implement basal‐bolus insulin therapy.Pract Diabetol.2004; June:2837.
  11. Hirsch I,Braithwaite S,Verderese C.Practical Management of Inpatient Hyperglycemia.Lakeville, CT:Hilliard Publishing, LLC;2005.
  12. Fischer KF,Lees JA,Newman JH.Hypoglycemia in hospitalized patients. causes and outcomes.N Engl J Med.1986;315(20):12451250.
  13. Reising DL.Acute hypoglycemia: keeping the bottom from falling out.Nursing.1995;25(2):4148; quiz 50.
  14. Schaller J,Welsh JR.Myths and facts about diabetic hypoglycemia.Nursing.1994;24(6):67.
  15. Magee MF,Clement S.Subcutaneous insulin therapy in the hospital setting: issues, concerns, and implementation.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):8188.
  16. Davidson PC,Steed RD,Bode BW.Glucommander: a computer‐directed intravenous insulin system shown to be safe, simple, and effective in 120,618 h of operation.Diabetes Care.2005;28(10):24182423.
  17. White NH,Skor D,Santiago JV.Practical closed‐loop insulin delivery. a system for the maintenance of overnight euglycemia and the calculation of basal insulin requirements in insulin‐dependent diabetics.Ann Intern Med.1982;97:210213.
  18. Hermayer K.Strategies for controlling glucose in the intensive care unit.Clin Pulmon Med.2006;13(6):332347.
  19. Hermayer KL,Neal DE,Hushion TV, et al.Outcomes of a cardiothoracic intensive care web‐based online intravenous insulin infusion calculator study at a medical university hospital.Diabetes Technol Ther.2007;9(6):523534.
  20. Hermayer KL,Hushion TV,Arnold PC,Wojciechowski B.Outcomes of a nursing in‐service to evaluate acceptance of a web‐based insulin infusion calculator.J Diabetes Sci Technol.2008;2(3):376383.
  21. Bode BW,Braithwaite SS,Steed RD,Davidson PC.Intravenous insulin infusion therapy: indications, methods, and transition to subcutaneous insulin therapy.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):7180.
  22. Hermayer K,Cawley P,Arnold P, et al.Outcomes of a hypoglycemia treatment protocol in a medical university hospital [Abstract].Diabetes.2006;55:203OR.
  23. Korytkowski M,Dinardo M,Donihi AC,Bigi L,Devita M.Evolution of a diabetes inpatient safety committee.Endocr Pract.2006;12(suppl 3):9199.
  24. Zeger SL,Liang KY.Longitudinal data analysis for discrete and continuous outcomes.Biometrics.1986;42(1):121130.
  25. Braithwaite SS,Buie MM,Thompson CL, et al.Hospital hypoglycemia: not only treatment but also prevention.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):8999.
References
  1. Ace ADA Task Force on Inpatient Diabetes.American College of Endocrinology and American Diabetes Association Consensus Statement on Inpatient Diabetes and Glycemic Control.Endocr Pract.2006;12(4):458468.
  2. ADA Writing Group.Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes—2008.Diabetes Care.2008;31(suppl 1):S12S54.
  3. Clement S,Braithwaite SS,Magee MF, et al.Management of diabetes and hyperglycemia in hospitals.Diabetes Care.2004;27(2):553591.
  4. Garber AJ,Moghissi ES,Bransome ED, et al.American College of Endocrinology Position Statement on Inpatient Diabetes and Metabolic Control.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):4–9.
  5. Van den Berghe G,Wouters P,Weekers F, et al.Intensive insulin therapy in the critically ill patients.N Engl J Med.2001;345:13591367.
  6. Van den Berghe G,Wilmer A,Hermans G, et al.Intensive insulin therapy in the medical ICU.N Engl J Med.2006;354(5):449461.
  7. Goldberg PA,Bozzo JE,Thomas PG, et al.“Glucometrics”: assessing the quality of inpatient glucose management.Diabetes Technol Ther.2006;8(5):560569.
  8. Maynard G.Society of Hospital Medicine Glycemic Control Task Force, Track Performance; Introducing Glucometrics. SHM;2007.
  9. Ku SY,Sayre CA,Hirsch IB,Kelly JL.New insulin infusion protocol improves blood glucose control in hospitalized patients without increasing hypoglycemia.Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf.2005;31(3):141147.
  10. Evert A,Nauseth R.The new insulin analogs: using a team approach to implement basal‐bolus insulin therapy.Pract Diabetol.2004; June:2837.
  11. Hirsch I,Braithwaite S,Verderese C.Practical Management of Inpatient Hyperglycemia.Lakeville, CT:Hilliard Publishing, LLC;2005.
  12. Fischer KF,Lees JA,Newman JH.Hypoglycemia in hospitalized patients. causes and outcomes.N Engl J Med.1986;315(20):12451250.
  13. Reising DL.Acute hypoglycemia: keeping the bottom from falling out.Nursing.1995;25(2):4148; quiz 50.
  14. Schaller J,Welsh JR.Myths and facts about diabetic hypoglycemia.Nursing.1994;24(6):67.
  15. Magee MF,Clement S.Subcutaneous insulin therapy in the hospital setting: issues, concerns, and implementation.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):8188.
  16. Davidson PC,Steed RD,Bode BW.Glucommander: a computer‐directed intravenous insulin system shown to be safe, simple, and effective in 120,618 h of operation.Diabetes Care.2005;28(10):24182423.
  17. White NH,Skor D,Santiago JV.Practical closed‐loop insulin delivery. a system for the maintenance of overnight euglycemia and the calculation of basal insulin requirements in insulin‐dependent diabetics.Ann Intern Med.1982;97:210213.
  18. Hermayer K.Strategies for controlling glucose in the intensive care unit.Clin Pulmon Med.2006;13(6):332347.
  19. Hermayer KL,Neal DE,Hushion TV, et al.Outcomes of a cardiothoracic intensive care web‐based online intravenous insulin infusion calculator study at a medical university hospital.Diabetes Technol Ther.2007;9(6):523534.
  20. Hermayer KL,Hushion TV,Arnold PC,Wojciechowski B.Outcomes of a nursing in‐service to evaluate acceptance of a web‐based insulin infusion calculator.J Diabetes Sci Technol.2008;2(3):376383.
  21. Bode BW,Braithwaite SS,Steed RD,Davidson PC.Intravenous insulin infusion therapy: indications, methods, and transition to subcutaneous insulin therapy.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):7180.
  22. Hermayer K,Cawley P,Arnold P, et al.Outcomes of a hypoglycemia treatment protocol in a medical university hospital [Abstract].Diabetes.2006;55:203OR.
  23. Korytkowski M,Dinardo M,Donihi AC,Bigi L,Devita M.Evolution of a diabetes inpatient safety committee.Endocr Pract.2006;12(suppl 3):9199.
  24. Zeger SL,Liang KY.Longitudinal data analysis for discrete and continuous outcomes.Biometrics.1986;42(1):121130.
  25. Braithwaite SS,Buie MM,Thompson CL, et al.Hospital hypoglycemia: not only treatment but also prevention.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):8999.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
331-339
Page Number
331-339
Article Type
Display Headline
Impact of improvement efforts on glycemic control and hypoglycemia at a University Medical Center
Display Headline
Impact of improvement efforts on glycemic control and hypoglycemia at a University Medical Center
Legacy Keywords
diabetes, outcomes measurements, patient safety, quality improvement, teamwork
Legacy Keywords
diabetes, outcomes measurements, patient safety, quality improvement, teamwork
Sections
Article Source

Copyright © 2009 Society of Hospital Medicine

Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Medical University of South Carolina, Division of Endocrinology, Diabetes and Medical Genetics, POB 250624, 816 Clinical Science Building, 96 Jonathan Lucas Street, Charleston, SC 29425
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media
Media Files

Case of Sudden Desaturation and Cyanosis

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
A case of sudden desaturation and cyanosis

A 38‐year‐old Hispanic man was admitted to the telemetry floor with diagnosis of pericarditis. Blood cultures revealed methicillin‐sensitive Staphylococcus aureus and the patient was started on nafcillin. Despite appropriate antibiotic therapy, the patient remained febrile. Transesophageal echocardiogram (TEE) was performed to evaluate for endocarditis. An hour after the TEE, patient started to desaturate and complained of shortness of breath. At this point, the patient was afebrile, with a pulse rate of 110 beats/minute and blood pressure of 97/63 mm Hg. Oxygen saturation by pulse oximetry of 82% on room air progressively declined even with administration of supplemental oxygen to 77%, necessitating intubation. Despite mechanical ventilation with 100% oxygen delivery, the patient remained cyanotic, with pulse oximetry reading of 69%, and with the arterial blood obtained from the patient at this time for laboratory analysis appearing brown in color.

Based on the temporal correlation of benzocaine spray used during TEE and the symptomscyanosis, hypoxia despite 100% fraction of inspired oxygen (FiO2), and chocolate‐brown arterial blooda diagnosis of methemoglobinemia was made. The patient's methemoglobin level was reported at 41% (normal range, 0‐3%). The patient received methylene blue, recovered rapidly, and was extubated the next day. Subsequent methemoglobin level obtained less than 24 hours later was reduced to 0.8%. Two days later the patient was discharged to home.

Discussion

Methemoglobin is the state in which ferrous (Fe2+) ions of heme are oxidized to the ferric state (Fe3+). Because red blood cells are continuously exposed to various oxidative stresses, a methemoglobinemia level of approximately 1% is present in normal individuals at baseline. This low level is maintained through reduction by enzyme systems within the erythrocyte. The most important is the reduced nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NADH)‐cytochrome‐b5 reductase system.1 Others, functioning mainly as reserve systems, are ascorbic acid, reduced glutathione, and reduced nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NADPH)‐methemoglobin reductase. The latter requires a natural cofactor or an autooxidizable dye such as methylene blue for activity.

Methemoglobinemia can be congenital or acquired. Congenital methemoglobinemia is very rare and is due to a cytochrome‐b5 reductase deficiency or presence of an abnormal hemoglobin M molecule.2 Acquired methemoglobinemia, the more common type, results from exposure to chemicals that cause more rapid accumulation of methemoglobin than the rate at which methemoglobin can be reduced. Many chemical and environmental agents can cause acquired methemoglobinemia (Table 1). Local anesthetics are the most common hospital‐based pharmacologic agents to cause methemoglobinemia. Prilocaine has been implicated most frequently, especially in newborns. Prilocaine‐induced methemoglobinemia is dose‐dependent and occurs when doses used exceed 600 mg in a 24‐hour period. Lidocaine is a rare cause of methemoglobinemia, but comorbidities like renal failure and use of other local anesthetics like benzocaine will increase the chances of methemoglobinemia. Benzocaine has been reported to cause methemoglobinemia after its use as a lubricant on endotracheal, bronchoscopic, and nasogastric or orogastric tubes, but more commonly after its use as a spray. Benzocaine is lipophilic and may continue to enter the bloodstream from adipose tissue after methylene blue concentrations are no longer therapeutic.

Etiologies of Methemoglobinemia
Name Key Features
Industrial agents
Naphthalene Coal tar, mothballs. Newborns are at increased risk for methemoglobinemia
Inorganic nitrates/nitrites Meat preservatives; vegetablescarrot juice, spinach. Nitrates are converted to nitrite by the bacteria in the gut. Most commonly acquired from ground water contaminated with pesticides and fertilizers
Aniline/aminophenols Laundry ink. Aniline‐induced methemoglobinemia is less responsive to methylene blue
Chlorates Matches, explosives, pyrotechnics, weed killers. Also cause intravascular hemolysis and toxic nephritis
Pharmaceutical agents
Local anesthetics: benzocaine, lidocaine, prilocaine Benzocaine: It is lipophilic and may continue to enter the blood stream from adipose tissue even after methylene blue concentrations are no longer therapeutic.
Lidocaine: Very rarely causes methemoglobinemia alone. Comorbidities like renal failure and use of other local anesthetics will increase the chances of methemoglobinemia. Prilocaine: Dose‐dependent. Occurs when doses used exceed 600 mg. Newborns are at higher risk
Primaquine Primaquine‐induced methemoglobinemia, although almost universal with clinical doses, seems to be mild, self‐limited, and tolerated without symptoms or signs of cyanosis in otherwise healthy people
Dapsone Can cause methemoglobinemia both in acute intoxication as well as chronic use. May precipitate acute hemolytic anemia. Metabolites that cause methemoglobinemia may last in the circulation for about 35 days
Phenacetin Phenacetin is generally metabolized to acetaminophen. In patients unable to metabolize phenacetin to acetaminophen, alternate metabolites are produced that cause methemoglobinemia
Sulfonamides Does not respond well to methylene blue. Alternative therapies include ascorbic acid, riboflavin, or exchange transfusion
Nitrites (amyl and butyl) Amyl nitrite: Used in treating angina. Butyl nitrite: Used in room deodorizers. Both drugs are used for their alleged sexual enhancing properties
Nitroprusside Methemoglobinemia occurs in patients who have received a dose larger than 10 mg/kg in 1 day. It takes 16 hours of continuous infusion at the maximum rate of 10 g/kg/minute to reach the total accumulated dose
Phenazopyridine Increased incidence of methemoglobinemia in patients with renal failure. Drug also causes hemolytic anemia and turns the urine orange‐yellow in color. One of its metabolites is aniline
Metoclopromide Overdose in infants causes methemoglobinemia
Trimethoprim Methemoglobinemia usually occurs after prolonged periods of administration. Caution when used with dapsone

Clinical presentation varies based on methemoglobin levels. Early symptoms of methemoglobinemia, when the blood contains 15% to 50% methemoglobin, include nonspecific headache, fatigues, dyspnea, and lethargy. As the amount of methemoglobin in the blood exceeds 50%, the patients develop more serious neurological symptoms, ranging from confusion to seizures, respiratory depression, and death (Table 2). Clinical interpretation of methemoglobin levels must take into account the total hemoglobin value because anemic patients will have proportionately less functional hemoglobin.3 Methemoglobinemia that develops rapidly will be clinically more severe than a similar degree that develops gradually. The acute accumulation of 30% methemoglobinemia is usually well tolerated in the nonanemic patient.

Clinical Presentation
Level of methemoglobinemia Symptoms
0‐15% No signs or symptoms
15‐20% Cyanosis and chocolate brown blood
20‐50% Headache, fatigues, dyspnea, and lethargy
>50% Serious neurological symptoms ranging from confusion to seizures; respiratory depression and death

The suspicion for methemoglobinemia should be raised in the presence of dark or chocolate‐brown arterial blood that does not become red with exposure to air.4 Dark‐colored blood from patients with hypoxia should redden with exposure to air; blood darkened by methemoglobin does not. The suspicion for methemoglobinemia should also be raised in the presence of a saturation gap, when the measured oxygen saturation of blood by pulse oximetry is less than the oxygen saturation calculated by routine blood gas analysis by more than 5%.5 The oxygen saturation on arterial blood gas is calculated from partial pressure of arterial oxygen (PaO2) and pH. Since PaO2 is within normal limits in methemoglobinemia, it leads to a normal, though inaccurate, calculated oxygen saturation. Multiple‐wavelength cooximetry is the accepted standard for confirming and quantifying methemoglobinemia.6 This assay involves measuring methemoglobin at its peak absorbance of 630 nm and requires the addition of cyanide to convert methemoglobin to cyanomethemoglobin, which absorbs at shorter wavelengths, resulting in an absorbance decrease at 630 nm due to the disappearance of methemoglobin. Hyperlipidemia and intravenous administration of methylene blue or other dyes may interfere with cooximetry measurements.

In asymptomatic patients with acute methemoglobinemia, discontinuation of the offending drug and proper monitoring is sufficient. In patients who are symptomatic, in addition to supplemental oxygen, methylene blue should be used to enhance the reducing capacity of erythrocytes. Methylene blue, given intravenously in a dose of 1 mg/kg over 5 minutes, acts as an electron acceptor, enhances the NADPH pathway, and rapidly reduces methemoglobin to hemoglobin.7 However, methylene blue should not be used in patients with glucose‐6‐phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency as it can cause life‐threatening hemolysis. In these patients, ascorbic acid should be used. Hyperbaric oxygen or exchange transfusion can also be used. In patients who are in shock secondary to the methemoglobinemia, blood transfusion or exchange transfusion is helpful.

Summary

Agents that inflict large oxidative stress, such as topical anesthetics, can cause methemoglobinemia. A frequently‐used topical anesthetic agent like benzocaine is a common cause of methemoglobinemia. The most characteristic findings of methemoglobinemia are blue‐gray or brown‐gray cyanosis of the skin, lips, and nail beds, dark brown color of the blood, and saturation gap. Symptomatic patients should be given methylene blue intravenously.

References
  1. Umbreit J.Methemoglobin—it's not just blue: a concise review.Am J Hematol.2007;82(2):134144.
  2. Griffey RT,Brown DF,Nadel ES.Cyanosis.J Emerg Med.2000;18(3):369371.
  3. Kane GC,Hoehn SM,Behrenbeck TR,Mulvagh SL.Benzocaine‐induced methemoglobinemia based on the Mayo Clinic experience from 28,478 transesophageal echocardiograms: incidence, outcomes, and predisposing factors.Arch Intern Med.2007;167(18):19771982.
  4. Wright RO,Lewander WJ,Woolf AD.Methemoglobinemia: etiology, pharmacology, and clinical management.Ann Emerg Med.1999;34(5):646656.
  5. Akhtar J,Johnston BD,Krenzelok EP.Mind the gap.J Emerg Med.2007;33(2):131132.
  6. Konig MW,Dolinski SY.A 74‐year‐old woman with desaturation following surgery. Co‐oximetry is the first step in making the diagnosis of dyshemoglobinemia.Chest.2003;123(2):613616.
  7. Clifton J,Leikin JB.Methylene blue.Am J Ther.2003;10(4):289291.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
387-389
Legacy Keywords
benzocaine, “chocolate‐brown” arterial blood, cyanosis, methemoglobinemia, methylene blue, “oxygenation gap”
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

A 38‐year‐old Hispanic man was admitted to the telemetry floor with diagnosis of pericarditis. Blood cultures revealed methicillin‐sensitive Staphylococcus aureus and the patient was started on nafcillin. Despite appropriate antibiotic therapy, the patient remained febrile. Transesophageal echocardiogram (TEE) was performed to evaluate for endocarditis. An hour after the TEE, patient started to desaturate and complained of shortness of breath. At this point, the patient was afebrile, with a pulse rate of 110 beats/minute and blood pressure of 97/63 mm Hg. Oxygen saturation by pulse oximetry of 82% on room air progressively declined even with administration of supplemental oxygen to 77%, necessitating intubation. Despite mechanical ventilation with 100% oxygen delivery, the patient remained cyanotic, with pulse oximetry reading of 69%, and with the arterial blood obtained from the patient at this time for laboratory analysis appearing brown in color.

Based on the temporal correlation of benzocaine spray used during TEE and the symptomscyanosis, hypoxia despite 100% fraction of inspired oxygen (FiO2), and chocolate‐brown arterial blooda diagnosis of methemoglobinemia was made. The patient's methemoglobin level was reported at 41% (normal range, 0‐3%). The patient received methylene blue, recovered rapidly, and was extubated the next day. Subsequent methemoglobin level obtained less than 24 hours later was reduced to 0.8%. Two days later the patient was discharged to home.

Discussion

Methemoglobin is the state in which ferrous (Fe2+) ions of heme are oxidized to the ferric state (Fe3+). Because red blood cells are continuously exposed to various oxidative stresses, a methemoglobinemia level of approximately 1% is present in normal individuals at baseline. This low level is maintained through reduction by enzyme systems within the erythrocyte. The most important is the reduced nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NADH)‐cytochrome‐b5 reductase system.1 Others, functioning mainly as reserve systems, are ascorbic acid, reduced glutathione, and reduced nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NADPH)‐methemoglobin reductase. The latter requires a natural cofactor or an autooxidizable dye such as methylene blue for activity.

Methemoglobinemia can be congenital or acquired. Congenital methemoglobinemia is very rare and is due to a cytochrome‐b5 reductase deficiency or presence of an abnormal hemoglobin M molecule.2 Acquired methemoglobinemia, the more common type, results from exposure to chemicals that cause more rapid accumulation of methemoglobin than the rate at which methemoglobin can be reduced. Many chemical and environmental agents can cause acquired methemoglobinemia (Table 1). Local anesthetics are the most common hospital‐based pharmacologic agents to cause methemoglobinemia. Prilocaine has been implicated most frequently, especially in newborns. Prilocaine‐induced methemoglobinemia is dose‐dependent and occurs when doses used exceed 600 mg in a 24‐hour period. Lidocaine is a rare cause of methemoglobinemia, but comorbidities like renal failure and use of other local anesthetics like benzocaine will increase the chances of methemoglobinemia. Benzocaine has been reported to cause methemoglobinemia after its use as a lubricant on endotracheal, bronchoscopic, and nasogastric or orogastric tubes, but more commonly after its use as a spray. Benzocaine is lipophilic and may continue to enter the bloodstream from adipose tissue after methylene blue concentrations are no longer therapeutic.

Etiologies of Methemoglobinemia
Name Key Features
Industrial agents
Naphthalene Coal tar, mothballs. Newborns are at increased risk for methemoglobinemia
Inorganic nitrates/nitrites Meat preservatives; vegetablescarrot juice, spinach. Nitrates are converted to nitrite by the bacteria in the gut. Most commonly acquired from ground water contaminated with pesticides and fertilizers
Aniline/aminophenols Laundry ink. Aniline‐induced methemoglobinemia is less responsive to methylene blue
Chlorates Matches, explosives, pyrotechnics, weed killers. Also cause intravascular hemolysis and toxic nephritis
Pharmaceutical agents
Local anesthetics: benzocaine, lidocaine, prilocaine Benzocaine: It is lipophilic and may continue to enter the blood stream from adipose tissue even after methylene blue concentrations are no longer therapeutic.
Lidocaine: Very rarely causes methemoglobinemia alone. Comorbidities like renal failure and use of other local anesthetics will increase the chances of methemoglobinemia. Prilocaine: Dose‐dependent. Occurs when doses used exceed 600 mg. Newborns are at higher risk
Primaquine Primaquine‐induced methemoglobinemia, although almost universal with clinical doses, seems to be mild, self‐limited, and tolerated without symptoms or signs of cyanosis in otherwise healthy people
Dapsone Can cause methemoglobinemia both in acute intoxication as well as chronic use. May precipitate acute hemolytic anemia. Metabolites that cause methemoglobinemia may last in the circulation for about 35 days
Phenacetin Phenacetin is generally metabolized to acetaminophen. In patients unable to metabolize phenacetin to acetaminophen, alternate metabolites are produced that cause methemoglobinemia
Sulfonamides Does not respond well to methylene blue. Alternative therapies include ascorbic acid, riboflavin, or exchange transfusion
Nitrites (amyl and butyl) Amyl nitrite: Used in treating angina. Butyl nitrite: Used in room deodorizers. Both drugs are used for their alleged sexual enhancing properties
Nitroprusside Methemoglobinemia occurs in patients who have received a dose larger than 10 mg/kg in 1 day. It takes 16 hours of continuous infusion at the maximum rate of 10 g/kg/minute to reach the total accumulated dose
Phenazopyridine Increased incidence of methemoglobinemia in patients with renal failure. Drug also causes hemolytic anemia and turns the urine orange‐yellow in color. One of its metabolites is aniline
Metoclopromide Overdose in infants causes methemoglobinemia
Trimethoprim Methemoglobinemia usually occurs after prolonged periods of administration. Caution when used with dapsone

Clinical presentation varies based on methemoglobin levels. Early symptoms of methemoglobinemia, when the blood contains 15% to 50% methemoglobin, include nonspecific headache, fatigues, dyspnea, and lethargy. As the amount of methemoglobin in the blood exceeds 50%, the patients develop more serious neurological symptoms, ranging from confusion to seizures, respiratory depression, and death (Table 2). Clinical interpretation of methemoglobin levels must take into account the total hemoglobin value because anemic patients will have proportionately less functional hemoglobin.3 Methemoglobinemia that develops rapidly will be clinically more severe than a similar degree that develops gradually. The acute accumulation of 30% methemoglobinemia is usually well tolerated in the nonanemic patient.

Clinical Presentation
Level of methemoglobinemia Symptoms
0‐15% No signs or symptoms
15‐20% Cyanosis and chocolate brown blood
20‐50% Headache, fatigues, dyspnea, and lethargy
>50% Serious neurological symptoms ranging from confusion to seizures; respiratory depression and death

The suspicion for methemoglobinemia should be raised in the presence of dark or chocolate‐brown arterial blood that does not become red with exposure to air.4 Dark‐colored blood from patients with hypoxia should redden with exposure to air; blood darkened by methemoglobin does not. The suspicion for methemoglobinemia should also be raised in the presence of a saturation gap, when the measured oxygen saturation of blood by pulse oximetry is less than the oxygen saturation calculated by routine blood gas analysis by more than 5%.5 The oxygen saturation on arterial blood gas is calculated from partial pressure of arterial oxygen (PaO2) and pH. Since PaO2 is within normal limits in methemoglobinemia, it leads to a normal, though inaccurate, calculated oxygen saturation. Multiple‐wavelength cooximetry is the accepted standard for confirming and quantifying methemoglobinemia.6 This assay involves measuring methemoglobin at its peak absorbance of 630 nm and requires the addition of cyanide to convert methemoglobin to cyanomethemoglobin, which absorbs at shorter wavelengths, resulting in an absorbance decrease at 630 nm due to the disappearance of methemoglobin. Hyperlipidemia and intravenous administration of methylene blue or other dyes may interfere with cooximetry measurements.

In asymptomatic patients with acute methemoglobinemia, discontinuation of the offending drug and proper monitoring is sufficient. In patients who are symptomatic, in addition to supplemental oxygen, methylene blue should be used to enhance the reducing capacity of erythrocytes. Methylene blue, given intravenously in a dose of 1 mg/kg over 5 minutes, acts as an electron acceptor, enhances the NADPH pathway, and rapidly reduces methemoglobin to hemoglobin.7 However, methylene blue should not be used in patients with glucose‐6‐phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency as it can cause life‐threatening hemolysis. In these patients, ascorbic acid should be used. Hyperbaric oxygen or exchange transfusion can also be used. In patients who are in shock secondary to the methemoglobinemia, blood transfusion or exchange transfusion is helpful.

Summary

Agents that inflict large oxidative stress, such as topical anesthetics, can cause methemoglobinemia. A frequently‐used topical anesthetic agent like benzocaine is a common cause of methemoglobinemia. The most characteristic findings of methemoglobinemia are blue‐gray or brown‐gray cyanosis of the skin, lips, and nail beds, dark brown color of the blood, and saturation gap. Symptomatic patients should be given methylene blue intravenously.

A 38‐year‐old Hispanic man was admitted to the telemetry floor with diagnosis of pericarditis. Blood cultures revealed methicillin‐sensitive Staphylococcus aureus and the patient was started on nafcillin. Despite appropriate antibiotic therapy, the patient remained febrile. Transesophageal echocardiogram (TEE) was performed to evaluate for endocarditis. An hour after the TEE, patient started to desaturate and complained of shortness of breath. At this point, the patient was afebrile, with a pulse rate of 110 beats/minute and blood pressure of 97/63 mm Hg. Oxygen saturation by pulse oximetry of 82% on room air progressively declined even with administration of supplemental oxygen to 77%, necessitating intubation. Despite mechanical ventilation with 100% oxygen delivery, the patient remained cyanotic, with pulse oximetry reading of 69%, and with the arterial blood obtained from the patient at this time for laboratory analysis appearing brown in color.

Based on the temporal correlation of benzocaine spray used during TEE and the symptomscyanosis, hypoxia despite 100% fraction of inspired oxygen (FiO2), and chocolate‐brown arterial blooda diagnosis of methemoglobinemia was made. The patient's methemoglobin level was reported at 41% (normal range, 0‐3%). The patient received methylene blue, recovered rapidly, and was extubated the next day. Subsequent methemoglobin level obtained less than 24 hours later was reduced to 0.8%. Two days later the patient was discharged to home.

Discussion

Methemoglobin is the state in which ferrous (Fe2+) ions of heme are oxidized to the ferric state (Fe3+). Because red blood cells are continuously exposed to various oxidative stresses, a methemoglobinemia level of approximately 1% is present in normal individuals at baseline. This low level is maintained through reduction by enzyme systems within the erythrocyte. The most important is the reduced nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NADH)‐cytochrome‐b5 reductase system.1 Others, functioning mainly as reserve systems, are ascorbic acid, reduced glutathione, and reduced nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NADPH)‐methemoglobin reductase. The latter requires a natural cofactor or an autooxidizable dye such as methylene blue for activity.

Methemoglobinemia can be congenital or acquired. Congenital methemoglobinemia is very rare and is due to a cytochrome‐b5 reductase deficiency or presence of an abnormal hemoglobin M molecule.2 Acquired methemoglobinemia, the more common type, results from exposure to chemicals that cause more rapid accumulation of methemoglobin than the rate at which methemoglobin can be reduced. Many chemical and environmental agents can cause acquired methemoglobinemia (Table 1). Local anesthetics are the most common hospital‐based pharmacologic agents to cause methemoglobinemia. Prilocaine has been implicated most frequently, especially in newborns. Prilocaine‐induced methemoglobinemia is dose‐dependent and occurs when doses used exceed 600 mg in a 24‐hour period. Lidocaine is a rare cause of methemoglobinemia, but comorbidities like renal failure and use of other local anesthetics like benzocaine will increase the chances of methemoglobinemia. Benzocaine has been reported to cause methemoglobinemia after its use as a lubricant on endotracheal, bronchoscopic, and nasogastric or orogastric tubes, but more commonly after its use as a spray. Benzocaine is lipophilic and may continue to enter the bloodstream from adipose tissue after methylene blue concentrations are no longer therapeutic.

Etiologies of Methemoglobinemia
Name Key Features
Industrial agents
Naphthalene Coal tar, mothballs. Newborns are at increased risk for methemoglobinemia
Inorganic nitrates/nitrites Meat preservatives; vegetablescarrot juice, spinach. Nitrates are converted to nitrite by the bacteria in the gut. Most commonly acquired from ground water contaminated with pesticides and fertilizers
Aniline/aminophenols Laundry ink. Aniline‐induced methemoglobinemia is less responsive to methylene blue
Chlorates Matches, explosives, pyrotechnics, weed killers. Also cause intravascular hemolysis and toxic nephritis
Pharmaceutical agents
Local anesthetics: benzocaine, lidocaine, prilocaine Benzocaine: It is lipophilic and may continue to enter the blood stream from adipose tissue even after methylene blue concentrations are no longer therapeutic.
Lidocaine: Very rarely causes methemoglobinemia alone. Comorbidities like renal failure and use of other local anesthetics will increase the chances of methemoglobinemia. Prilocaine: Dose‐dependent. Occurs when doses used exceed 600 mg. Newborns are at higher risk
Primaquine Primaquine‐induced methemoglobinemia, although almost universal with clinical doses, seems to be mild, self‐limited, and tolerated without symptoms or signs of cyanosis in otherwise healthy people
Dapsone Can cause methemoglobinemia both in acute intoxication as well as chronic use. May precipitate acute hemolytic anemia. Metabolites that cause methemoglobinemia may last in the circulation for about 35 days
Phenacetin Phenacetin is generally metabolized to acetaminophen. In patients unable to metabolize phenacetin to acetaminophen, alternate metabolites are produced that cause methemoglobinemia
Sulfonamides Does not respond well to methylene blue. Alternative therapies include ascorbic acid, riboflavin, or exchange transfusion
Nitrites (amyl and butyl) Amyl nitrite: Used in treating angina. Butyl nitrite: Used in room deodorizers. Both drugs are used for their alleged sexual enhancing properties
Nitroprusside Methemoglobinemia occurs in patients who have received a dose larger than 10 mg/kg in 1 day. It takes 16 hours of continuous infusion at the maximum rate of 10 g/kg/minute to reach the total accumulated dose
Phenazopyridine Increased incidence of methemoglobinemia in patients with renal failure. Drug also causes hemolytic anemia and turns the urine orange‐yellow in color. One of its metabolites is aniline
Metoclopromide Overdose in infants causes methemoglobinemia
Trimethoprim Methemoglobinemia usually occurs after prolonged periods of administration. Caution when used with dapsone

Clinical presentation varies based on methemoglobin levels. Early symptoms of methemoglobinemia, when the blood contains 15% to 50% methemoglobin, include nonspecific headache, fatigues, dyspnea, and lethargy. As the amount of methemoglobin in the blood exceeds 50%, the patients develop more serious neurological symptoms, ranging from confusion to seizures, respiratory depression, and death (Table 2). Clinical interpretation of methemoglobin levels must take into account the total hemoglobin value because anemic patients will have proportionately less functional hemoglobin.3 Methemoglobinemia that develops rapidly will be clinically more severe than a similar degree that develops gradually. The acute accumulation of 30% methemoglobinemia is usually well tolerated in the nonanemic patient.

Clinical Presentation
Level of methemoglobinemia Symptoms
0‐15% No signs or symptoms
15‐20% Cyanosis and chocolate brown blood
20‐50% Headache, fatigues, dyspnea, and lethargy
>50% Serious neurological symptoms ranging from confusion to seizures; respiratory depression and death

The suspicion for methemoglobinemia should be raised in the presence of dark or chocolate‐brown arterial blood that does not become red with exposure to air.4 Dark‐colored blood from patients with hypoxia should redden with exposure to air; blood darkened by methemoglobin does not. The suspicion for methemoglobinemia should also be raised in the presence of a saturation gap, when the measured oxygen saturation of blood by pulse oximetry is less than the oxygen saturation calculated by routine blood gas analysis by more than 5%.5 The oxygen saturation on arterial blood gas is calculated from partial pressure of arterial oxygen (PaO2) and pH. Since PaO2 is within normal limits in methemoglobinemia, it leads to a normal, though inaccurate, calculated oxygen saturation. Multiple‐wavelength cooximetry is the accepted standard for confirming and quantifying methemoglobinemia.6 This assay involves measuring methemoglobin at its peak absorbance of 630 nm and requires the addition of cyanide to convert methemoglobin to cyanomethemoglobin, which absorbs at shorter wavelengths, resulting in an absorbance decrease at 630 nm due to the disappearance of methemoglobin. Hyperlipidemia and intravenous administration of methylene blue or other dyes may interfere with cooximetry measurements.

In asymptomatic patients with acute methemoglobinemia, discontinuation of the offending drug and proper monitoring is sufficient. In patients who are symptomatic, in addition to supplemental oxygen, methylene blue should be used to enhance the reducing capacity of erythrocytes. Methylene blue, given intravenously in a dose of 1 mg/kg over 5 minutes, acts as an electron acceptor, enhances the NADPH pathway, and rapidly reduces methemoglobin to hemoglobin.7 However, methylene blue should not be used in patients with glucose‐6‐phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency as it can cause life‐threatening hemolysis. In these patients, ascorbic acid should be used. Hyperbaric oxygen or exchange transfusion can also be used. In patients who are in shock secondary to the methemoglobinemia, blood transfusion or exchange transfusion is helpful.

Summary

Agents that inflict large oxidative stress, such as topical anesthetics, can cause methemoglobinemia. A frequently‐used topical anesthetic agent like benzocaine is a common cause of methemoglobinemia. The most characteristic findings of methemoglobinemia are blue‐gray or brown‐gray cyanosis of the skin, lips, and nail beds, dark brown color of the blood, and saturation gap. Symptomatic patients should be given methylene blue intravenously.

References
  1. Umbreit J.Methemoglobin—it's not just blue: a concise review.Am J Hematol.2007;82(2):134144.
  2. Griffey RT,Brown DF,Nadel ES.Cyanosis.J Emerg Med.2000;18(3):369371.
  3. Kane GC,Hoehn SM,Behrenbeck TR,Mulvagh SL.Benzocaine‐induced methemoglobinemia based on the Mayo Clinic experience from 28,478 transesophageal echocardiograms: incidence, outcomes, and predisposing factors.Arch Intern Med.2007;167(18):19771982.
  4. Wright RO,Lewander WJ,Woolf AD.Methemoglobinemia: etiology, pharmacology, and clinical management.Ann Emerg Med.1999;34(5):646656.
  5. Akhtar J,Johnston BD,Krenzelok EP.Mind the gap.J Emerg Med.2007;33(2):131132.
  6. Konig MW,Dolinski SY.A 74‐year‐old woman with desaturation following surgery. Co‐oximetry is the first step in making the diagnosis of dyshemoglobinemia.Chest.2003;123(2):613616.
  7. Clifton J,Leikin JB.Methylene blue.Am J Ther.2003;10(4):289291.
References
  1. Umbreit J.Methemoglobin—it's not just blue: a concise review.Am J Hematol.2007;82(2):134144.
  2. Griffey RT,Brown DF,Nadel ES.Cyanosis.J Emerg Med.2000;18(3):369371.
  3. Kane GC,Hoehn SM,Behrenbeck TR,Mulvagh SL.Benzocaine‐induced methemoglobinemia based on the Mayo Clinic experience from 28,478 transesophageal echocardiograms: incidence, outcomes, and predisposing factors.Arch Intern Med.2007;167(18):19771982.
  4. Wright RO,Lewander WJ,Woolf AD.Methemoglobinemia: etiology, pharmacology, and clinical management.Ann Emerg Med.1999;34(5):646656.
  5. Akhtar J,Johnston BD,Krenzelok EP.Mind the gap.J Emerg Med.2007;33(2):131132.
  6. Konig MW,Dolinski SY.A 74‐year‐old woman with desaturation following surgery. Co‐oximetry is the first step in making the diagnosis of dyshemoglobinemia.Chest.2003;123(2):613616.
  7. Clifton J,Leikin JB.Methylene blue.Am J Ther.2003;10(4):289291.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
387-389
Page Number
387-389
Article Type
Display Headline
A case of sudden desaturation and cyanosis
Display Headline
A case of sudden desaturation and cyanosis
Legacy Keywords
benzocaine, “chocolate‐brown” arterial blood, cyanosis, methemoglobinemia, methylene blue, “oxygenation gap”
Legacy Keywords
benzocaine, “chocolate‐brown” arterial blood, cyanosis, methemoglobinemia, methylene blue, “oxygenation gap”
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2009 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
1700 Mt. Vernon Ave, Bakersfield, CA 93306
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

Hospitalist Role in PICC Use

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Peripherally inserted central catheter use in the hospitalized patient: Is there a role for the hospitalist?

Peripherally inserted central catheters (PICCs) are being used with greater frequency than ever before for intravenous access in hospitals, and PICCs may offer advantages in safety over traditional central venous catheters (CVCs). Despite these potential advantages, a large number of CVCs are still being placed. In a recent 1‐day survey of 6 large urban teaching hospitals, 29% of all patients had a CVC in place (59.3% of intensive care unit [ICU] patients and 23.7% of non‐ICU patients).1 Most catheters were inserted in the subclavian (55%) or jugular (22%) veins, with femoral (6%) and peripheral (15%) sites less commonly used. Even in the non‐ICU setting, only 20% of all central catheters were PICCs.

PICCs may offer advantages over centrally‐inserted intravenous catheters, such as the reduced risks of pneumothorax,2 arterial puncture, uncontrolled bleeding of large central veins, central lineassociated bloodstream infections (CLAB),3, 4 and lower cost.5 In addition, central venous pressure monitoring can now be performed with the larger‐bore PICCs.6

The low risk of mechanical complications for PICC insertion has been well documented.7, 8 In contrast, femoral or retroperitoneal hematoma occurs in up to 1.3% of cases following femoral catheter insertion,9 and pneumothorax occurs in 1.5% to 2.3% of subclavian catheter insertions.10 However, there are only limited data to suggest that the risk of PICC‐related bacteremia is lower than that of centrally‐placed catheters.11, 12

The benefit of PICCs over centrally‐placed catheters in terms of venous thromboembolism (VTE) is also not as easy to show, and in fact the rate may be greater in PICCs. The reported incidence of PICC‐related VTE has been between 0.3% and 56.0%, and the wide variation in rates is likely related to the method of diagnosis.1315 It is likely that most patients with PICC‐related VTE are asymptomatic, and that its incidence is underestimated.16

In many hospitals PICCs are placed by a certified nurse, or by an interventional radiologist if the nurse is unsuccessful.17 There are few reports of PICCs being placed by nonradiology physicians. In one report of 894 patients referred to a critical care specialist for PICC insertion, venous access was achieved 100% of the time, there were no referrals to interventional radiology, and there were no incidents of pneumothorax or bleeding.8 In a university‐affiliated community hospital, we carried out a retrospective review of our experience with training hospital physicians to place PICCs.

Methods

In July 2006 our community hospital, which is affiliated with the University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, instituted a hospitalist program. Prior to the hospitalist program, 1 house physician was available to place PICCs in the antecubital vein without the aid of ultrasound, and there was no PICC‐certified nurse in the hospital. An interventional radiologist was available to place PICCs that could not be placed by the house physician. After July 2006 under the hospitalist service, 3 of the 5 physicians were trained to place PICCs in the deep veins of the arm with the use of ultrasound guidance.

Training included 1 day with the PICC training nurse at the tertiary hospital, followed by supervised placements in the community hospital until proficiency was obtained. Proficiency was relative and cumulative. Approximately 3 supervised procedures were necessary before the physician was able to place PICCs by him or herself. All PICCs were placed using 5 barrier precautions, with chlorhexidine cleansing, and with a time‐out prior to the procedure.

Retrospective hospital data for central catheter placement were examined for the 18 months prior to and following the start of the hospitalist program. These data were collected routinely by the hospital infection control nurse for purposes of quality improvement and patient safety. The data included central catheters placed by all physicians in the hospital; however, the vast majority of these were placed by the hospitalists. The catheters were placed throughout the hospital, both on the medical floors, cardiac step‐down unit, and the ICU. Information regarding the number of central catheters placed and the specific type of catheter (subclavian, jugular, femoral, or PICC) was available from July 2005 through December 2007. Also available from January 2005 were the numbers of femoral and nonfemoral catheter days (number of catheters multiplied by number of days in place) and the central catheterassociated bacteremia rates (number per 1000 catheter days) for femoral and nonfemoral catheters. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) definition of central lineassociated bacteremia was used, which is any documented bloodstream infection within 48 hours of the presence of a CVC in the absence of an alternate source of infection. Data for other complications such as pneumothorax and major bleeding were not consistently recorded.

Results

Figure 1 shows the number of internal jugular, subclavian, femoral, PICC, and total catheter placements from July 2005 through December 2007. The data are grouped into 3‐month increments for visual convenience. Comparing the periods before and after the inception of the hospitalist PICC service (Figure 1, dotted vertical line), the rate of PICC placements rose 4‐fold and the rate of total catheter placements approximately doubled. The rates of femoral and subclavian catheter placements decreased by approximately 50% and the rate of internal jugular catheter placement was roughly unchanged.

Figure 1
Central venous catheter insertion rates by quarter year. The dotted vertical line signifies the beginning of the hospitalist program.

Figure 2 shows the numbers of femoral and nonfemoral catheter days by month for 2005 through 2007. The nonfemoral catheter days began to rise prior to the start of the hospitalist program and continued to rise afterward, showing an approximately 3‐fold increase by the end of the study period. The number of femoral catheters days was highly variable, but seemed to decrease by approximately 50%.

Figure 2
Femoral and nonfemoral catheter days by month. The dotted vertical line signifies the beginning of the hospitalist program.

Figure 3 shows the rates of femoral and nonfemoral catheter‐associated bacteremia by month for 2005 through 2007. The absolute number of infections in both periods was low and is shown at the top of each bar in the figure.

Figure 3
Femoral and nonfemoral bacteremia rates per 1000 catheter days by month. The dotted vertical line signifies the beginning of the hospitalist program. The absolute number of infections is noted atop each bar.

To our knowledge, there were no episodes of pneumothorax or major bleeding with PICC placement. There were 3 inadvertent arterial punctures, each of which was easily controlled with local pressure. There was 1 incident of a coiled guidewire that could not be removed at the bedside and had to be removed in interventional radiology with no significant consequence to the patient.

Discussion

The complications associated with central catheter insertion continue to place the hospitalized patient at risk. PICCs may offer significant advantages over other types of central catheters in terms of decreased rates of mechanical and infectious complications. Despite this, hospital physicians have not traditionally been trained to place PICCs. We have shown in our small, university‐affiliated community hospital that training hospital physicians to place PICCs was associated with a decrease in the placement of centrally‐inserted venous catheters and a reduced rate of femoral catheter days. At the same time, the rate of central catheterrelated bacteremia remained low.

There are many limitations to our study. Since the analysis was retrospective and uncontrolled, it is not possible to attribute the decrease in femoral catheter days and the low infection rates solely to the use of PICCs. There may have been other factors, either related or unrelated to the transition to a hospitalist service, that influenced the results, such as improved hand hygiene, attention to the use of 5 barrier precautions, and the use of chlorhexidine cleansing. Also, since the study was descriptive and outcome measures were either not available or the numbers small, we cannot prove that there was benefit to the patients or that the changes in rates were statistically significant.

Training hospital physicians to place PICCs in our study was associated with a 2‐fold increase in the overall rate of catheter placements. The reason for this increase in the total number of catheter placements is not clear, but it is likely related to the ease of PICC placement and the increasing number of patients with difficult intravenous access. It is unclear if an equivalent number of traditional central catheters would have been placed were the hospitalists not trained in PICC placement. However, this increase in total number of catheters did not appear to result in an increase in catheter‐related bacteremia or in mechanical complications.

We observed no apparent decrease in the insertion rate of internal jugular catheters in our study, despite a decrease in the rates of subclavian and femoral catheter placements. Although the current CDC guideline recommends using the subclavian vein as the preferred site, the UK National Institute for Clinical Excellence (NICE) is now recommending the use of real‐time ultrasound with each placement,18 and we find that this is best done in the internal jugular vein. Also, the rate of placement of femoral catheters remained higher than that of subclavian cathetersmost likely because the femoral vein remained the site of choice for emergently‐placed cathetersas PICC, more so than subclavian, became the preferred site for elective catheters.

Training physicians to place PICCs was not a simple task. In our experience, the availability of trainers at the tertiary care hospital was limited and the distractions of other duties of the hospitalist complicated the learning process. Two of our 5 physicians could not schedule time with the training nurse and were not able to acquire the skill. However, after training, the 3 hospitalists found that there was such a demand for PICCs that with time it was easy to maintain and even refine this skill. Since we only had 3 of 5 hospitalists trained in PICC placement, we could not have a PICC‐trained hospitalist on site 24 hours a day and the remaining 2 physicians had to rely on centrally‐placed catheters for access or have 1 of the trained physicians come to the hospital from home.

In summary, PICCs may be a safe and easy alternative to centrally‐placed catheters for the hospital physician attempting to secure central intravenous access and may lead to a decrease in the need for more risky CVC insertions. More definitive, controlled investigation, with patient outcome data, will be required before this can be advocated as a universal recommendation.

References
  1. Climo M,Diekema D,Warren DK, et al.Prevalence of the use of central venous access devices within and outside of the intensive care unit: results of a survey among hospitals in the prevention epicenter program of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol.2003;24:942945.
  2. Kyle KS,Myers JS.Peripherally inserted central catheters: development of a hospital‐based program.J Intraven Nurs.1990;13:287290.
  3. Graham DR,Keldermans MM,Klem LW, et al.Infectious complications among patients receiving home intravenous therapy with peripheral, central, or peripherally placed central venous catheters.Am J Med.1991;91:95S100S.
  4. Skiest DJ,Abbott M,Keiser P.Peripherally inserted central catheters in patients with AIDS are associated with a low infection rate.Clin Infect Dis.2000;30:949952.
  5. Lam S,Scannell R,Roessler D,Smith MA.Peripherally inserted central venous catheters in an acute care hospital.J Intraven Nurs.1990;154:18331837.
  6. Black IH,Blosse SA,Murray WB.Central venous pressure measurements: peripherally inserted catheters versus centrally inserted catheters.Crit Care Med.2000;28:38333836.
  7. Thiagaragen R,Ramamoothry C,Gettman T, et al.Survey of the use of peripherally inserted central venous catheters in children.Pediatrics.1997;99:e4.
  8. Casalmir EC.Peripherally inserted central catheter (PICC) is effective in the care of critically ill patients using the basilic and cephalic veins and performed under ultrasound guidance at the patient's bedside by a pulmonary and critical care specialist. [October 23‐28, 2004, Seattle, Washington, USA. Abstracts].Chest.2004;126(4 suppl):705S1014S.
  9. Williams JF,Seneff MG,Friedman BC, et al.Use of femoral venous catheters in critically ill adults: prospective study.Crit Care Med.1991;19:550553.
  10. Mansfield PF,Hohn DC,Fornage BD,Gregurich MA,Ota DM.Complications and failures of subclavian‐vein catheterization.N Engl J Med.1994;331:17351738.
  11. Safdar N,Maki D.Risk of catheter‐related bloodstream infection with peripherally inserted central venous catheters used in hospitalized patients.Chest.2005;128:489495.
  12. Loewenthal MR,Dobson PM.The peripherally inserted central catheter (PICC): a prospective study of its natural history after cubital fossa insertion.Anaesth Intensive Care.2002;30:2124.
  13. Chemaly RF,de Parres JB,Rehm SJ.Venous thrombosis associated with peripherally inserted central catheters: a retrospective analysis of the Cleveland Clinic experience.Clin Infect Dis.2002;34:11791183.
  14. Ong B,Gibbs H,Catchpole I,Hetherington R,Harper J.Peripherally inserted central catheters and upper extremity deep vein thrombosis.Australas Radiol.2006;50:451454.
  15. Abdullah BJ,Mohammad N,Sangkar JV, et al.Incidence of upper limb venous thrombosis associated with peripherally inserted central catheters (PICC).Br J Radiol.2005;78:596600.
  16. Pradoni P,Polistena P,Benardi E, et al.Upper‐extremity deep vein thrombosis: risk factors, diagnosis, and complications.Arch Intern Med.1997;157:5762.
  17. Fong NI,Holtzman SR,Bettmann MA,Bettis SJ.Peripherally inserted central catheters: outcome as a function of the operator.J Vasc Interv Radiol.2001;12:723729.
  18. Hind D,Calvert N,McWilliams R, et al.Ultrasonic locating devices for central venous cannulation: meta‐analysis.BMJ.2003;327:361.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
E1-E4
Legacy Keywords
catheterization, central venous, infection control, hospitalists
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Peripherally inserted central catheters (PICCs) are being used with greater frequency than ever before for intravenous access in hospitals, and PICCs may offer advantages in safety over traditional central venous catheters (CVCs). Despite these potential advantages, a large number of CVCs are still being placed. In a recent 1‐day survey of 6 large urban teaching hospitals, 29% of all patients had a CVC in place (59.3% of intensive care unit [ICU] patients and 23.7% of non‐ICU patients).1 Most catheters were inserted in the subclavian (55%) or jugular (22%) veins, with femoral (6%) and peripheral (15%) sites less commonly used. Even in the non‐ICU setting, only 20% of all central catheters were PICCs.

PICCs may offer advantages over centrally‐inserted intravenous catheters, such as the reduced risks of pneumothorax,2 arterial puncture, uncontrolled bleeding of large central veins, central lineassociated bloodstream infections (CLAB),3, 4 and lower cost.5 In addition, central venous pressure monitoring can now be performed with the larger‐bore PICCs.6

The low risk of mechanical complications for PICC insertion has been well documented.7, 8 In contrast, femoral or retroperitoneal hematoma occurs in up to 1.3% of cases following femoral catheter insertion,9 and pneumothorax occurs in 1.5% to 2.3% of subclavian catheter insertions.10 However, there are only limited data to suggest that the risk of PICC‐related bacteremia is lower than that of centrally‐placed catheters.11, 12

The benefit of PICCs over centrally‐placed catheters in terms of venous thromboembolism (VTE) is also not as easy to show, and in fact the rate may be greater in PICCs. The reported incidence of PICC‐related VTE has been between 0.3% and 56.0%, and the wide variation in rates is likely related to the method of diagnosis.1315 It is likely that most patients with PICC‐related VTE are asymptomatic, and that its incidence is underestimated.16

In many hospitals PICCs are placed by a certified nurse, or by an interventional radiologist if the nurse is unsuccessful.17 There are few reports of PICCs being placed by nonradiology physicians. In one report of 894 patients referred to a critical care specialist for PICC insertion, venous access was achieved 100% of the time, there were no referrals to interventional radiology, and there were no incidents of pneumothorax or bleeding.8 In a university‐affiliated community hospital, we carried out a retrospective review of our experience with training hospital physicians to place PICCs.

Methods

In July 2006 our community hospital, which is affiliated with the University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, instituted a hospitalist program. Prior to the hospitalist program, 1 house physician was available to place PICCs in the antecubital vein without the aid of ultrasound, and there was no PICC‐certified nurse in the hospital. An interventional radiologist was available to place PICCs that could not be placed by the house physician. After July 2006 under the hospitalist service, 3 of the 5 physicians were trained to place PICCs in the deep veins of the arm with the use of ultrasound guidance.

Training included 1 day with the PICC training nurse at the tertiary hospital, followed by supervised placements in the community hospital until proficiency was obtained. Proficiency was relative and cumulative. Approximately 3 supervised procedures were necessary before the physician was able to place PICCs by him or herself. All PICCs were placed using 5 barrier precautions, with chlorhexidine cleansing, and with a time‐out prior to the procedure.

Retrospective hospital data for central catheter placement were examined for the 18 months prior to and following the start of the hospitalist program. These data were collected routinely by the hospital infection control nurse for purposes of quality improvement and patient safety. The data included central catheters placed by all physicians in the hospital; however, the vast majority of these were placed by the hospitalists. The catheters were placed throughout the hospital, both on the medical floors, cardiac step‐down unit, and the ICU. Information regarding the number of central catheters placed and the specific type of catheter (subclavian, jugular, femoral, or PICC) was available from July 2005 through December 2007. Also available from January 2005 were the numbers of femoral and nonfemoral catheter days (number of catheters multiplied by number of days in place) and the central catheterassociated bacteremia rates (number per 1000 catheter days) for femoral and nonfemoral catheters. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) definition of central lineassociated bacteremia was used, which is any documented bloodstream infection within 48 hours of the presence of a CVC in the absence of an alternate source of infection. Data for other complications such as pneumothorax and major bleeding were not consistently recorded.

Results

Figure 1 shows the number of internal jugular, subclavian, femoral, PICC, and total catheter placements from July 2005 through December 2007. The data are grouped into 3‐month increments for visual convenience. Comparing the periods before and after the inception of the hospitalist PICC service (Figure 1, dotted vertical line), the rate of PICC placements rose 4‐fold and the rate of total catheter placements approximately doubled. The rates of femoral and subclavian catheter placements decreased by approximately 50% and the rate of internal jugular catheter placement was roughly unchanged.

Figure 1
Central venous catheter insertion rates by quarter year. The dotted vertical line signifies the beginning of the hospitalist program.

Figure 2 shows the numbers of femoral and nonfemoral catheter days by month for 2005 through 2007. The nonfemoral catheter days began to rise prior to the start of the hospitalist program and continued to rise afterward, showing an approximately 3‐fold increase by the end of the study period. The number of femoral catheters days was highly variable, but seemed to decrease by approximately 50%.

Figure 2
Femoral and nonfemoral catheter days by month. The dotted vertical line signifies the beginning of the hospitalist program.

Figure 3 shows the rates of femoral and nonfemoral catheter‐associated bacteremia by month for 2005 through 2007. The absolute number of infections in both periods was low and is shown at the top of each bar in the figure.

Figure 3
Femoral and nonfemoral bacteremia rates per 1000 catheter days by month. The dotted vertical line signifies the beginning of the hospitalist program. The absolute number of infections is noted atop each bar.

To our knowledge, there were no episodes of pneumothorax or major bleeding with PICC placement. There were 3 inadvertent arterial punctures, each of which was easily controlled with local pressure. There was 1 incident of a coiled guidewire that could not be removed at the bedside and had to be removed in interventional radiology with no significant consequence to the patient.

Discussion

The complications associated with central catheter insertion continue to place the hospitalized patient at risk. PICCs may offer significant advantages over other types of central catheters in terms of decreased rates of mechanical and infectious complications. Despite this, hospital physicians have not traditionally been trained to place PICCs. We have shown in our small, university‐affiliated community hospital that training hospital physicians to place PICCs was associated with a decrease in the placement of centrally‐inserted venous catheters and a reduced rate of femoral catheter days. At the same time, the rate of central catheterrelated bacteremia remained low.

There are many limitations to our study. Since the analysis was retrospective and uncontrolled, it is not possible to attribute the decrease in femoral catheter days and the low infection rates solely to the use of PICCs. There may have been other factors, either related or unrelated to the transition to a hospitalist service, that influenced the results, such as improved hand hygiene, attention to the use of 5 barrier precautions, and the use of chlorhexidine cleansing. Also, since the study was descriptive and outcome measures were either not available or the numbers small, we cannot prove that there was benefit to the patients or that the changes in rates were statistically significant.

Training hospital physicians to place PICCs in our study was associated with a 2‐fold increase in the overall rate of catheter placements. The reason for this increase in the total number of catheter placements is not clear, but it is likely related to the ease of PICC placement and the increasing number of patients with difficult intravenous access. It is unclear if an equivalent number of traditional central catheters would have been placed were the hospitalists not trained in PICC placement. However, this increase in total number of catheters did not appear to result in an increase in catheter‐related bacteremia or in mechanical complications.

We observed no apparent decrease in the insertion rate of internal jugular catheters in our study, despite a decrease in the rates of subclavian and femoral catheter placements. Although the current CDC guideline recommends using the subclavian vein as the preferred site, the UK National Institute for Clinical Excellence (NICE) is now recommending the use of real‐time ultrasound with each placement,18 and we find that this is best done in the internal jugular vein. Also, the rate of placement of femoral catheters remained higher than that of subclavian cathetersmost likely because the femoral vein remained the site of choice for emergently‐placed cathetersas PICC, more so than subclavian, became the preferred site for elective catheters.

Training physicians to place PICCs was not a simple task. In our experience, the availability of trainers at the tertiary care hospital was limited and the distractions of other duties of the hospitalist complicated the learning process. Two of our 5 physicians could not schedule time with the training nurse and were not able to acquire the skill. However, after training, the 3 hospitalists found that there was such a demand for PICCs that with time it was easy to maintain and even refine this skill. Since we only had 3 of 5 hospitalists trained in PICC placement, we could not have a PICC‐trained hospitalist on site 24 hours a day and the remaining 2 physicians had to rely on centrally‐placed catheters for access or have 1 of the trained physicians come to the hospital from home.

In summary, PICCs may be a safe and easy alternative to centrally‐placed catheters for the hospital physician attempting to secure central intravenous access and may lead to a decrease in the need for more risky CVC insertions. More definitive, controlled investigation, with patient outcome data, will be required before this can be advocated as a universal recommendation.

Peripherally inserted central catheters (PICCs) are being used with greater frequency than ever before for intravenous access in hospitals, and PICCs may offer advantages in safety over traditional central venous catheters (CVCs). Despite these potential advantages, a large number of CVCs are still being placed. In a recent 1‐day survey of 6 large urban teaching hospitals, 29% of all patients had a CVC in place (59.3% of intensive care unit [ICU] patients and 23.7% of non‐ICU patients).1 Most catheters were inserted in the subclavian (55%) or jugular (22%) veins, with femoral (6%) and peripheral (15%) sites less commonly used. Even in the non‐ICU setting, only 20% of all central catheters were PICCs.

PICCs may offer advantages over centrally‐inserted intravenous catheters, such as the reduced risks of pneumothorax,2 arterial puncture, uncontrolled bleeding of large central veins, central lineassociated bloodstream infections (CLAB),3, 4 and lower cost.5 In addition, central venous pressure monitoring can now be performed with the larger‐bore PICCs.6

The low risk of mechanical complications for PICC insertion has been well documented.7, 8 In contrast, femoral or retroperitoneal hematoma occurs in up to 1.3% of cases following femoral catheter insertion,9 and pneumothorax occurs in 1.5% to 2.3% of subclavian catheter insertions.10 However, there are only limited data to suggest that the risk of PICC‐related bacteremia is lower than that of centrally‐placed catheters.11, 12

The benefit of PICCs over centrally‐placed catheters in terms of venous thromboembolism (VTE) is also not as easy to show, and in fact the rate may be greater in PICCs. The reported incidence of PICC‐related VTE has been between 0.3% and 56.0%, and the wide variation in rates is likely related to the method of diagnosis.1315 It is likely that most patients with PICC‐related VTE are asymptomatic, and that its incidence is underestimated.16

In many hospitals PICCs are placed by a certified nurse, or by an interventional radiologist if the nurse is unsuccessful.17 There are few reports of PICCs being placed by nonradiology physicians. In one report of 894 patients referred to a critical care specialist for PICC insertion, venous access was achieved 100% of the time, there were no referrals to interventional radiology, and there were no incidents of pneumothorax or bleeding.8 In a university‐affiliated community hospital, we carried out a retrospective review of our experience with training hospital physicians to place PICCs.

Methods

In July 2006 our community hospital, which is affiliated with the University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, instituted a hospitalist program. Prior to the hospitalist program, 1 house physician was available to place PICCs in the antecubital vein without the aid of ultrasound, and there was no PICC‐certified nurse in the hospital. An interventional radiologist was available to place PICCs that could not be placed by the house physician. After July 2006 under the hospitalist service, 3 of the 5 physicians were trained to place PICCs in the deep veins of the arm with the use of ultrasound guidance.

Training included 1 day with the PICC training nurse at the tertiary hospital, followed by supervised placements in the community hospital until proficiency was obtained. Proficiency was relative and cumulative. Approximately 3 supervised procedures were necessary before the physician was able to place PICCs by him or herself. All PICCs were placed using 5 barrier precautions, with chlorhexidine cleansing, and with a time‐out prior to the procedure.

Retrospective hospital data for central catheter placement were examined for the 18 months prior to and following the start of the hospitalist program. These data were collected routinely by the hospital infection control nurse for purposes of quality improvement and patient safety. The data included central catheters placed by all physicians in the hospital; however, the vast majority of these were placed by the hospitalists. The catheters were placed throughout the hospital, both on the medical floors, cardiac step‐down unit, and the ICU. Information regarding the number of central catheters placed and the specific type of catheter (subclavian, jugular, femoral, or PICC) was available from July 2005 through December 2007. Also available from January 2005 were the numbers of femoral and nonfemoral catheter days (number of catheters multiplied by number of days in place) and the central catheterassociated bacteremia rates (number per 1000 catheter days) for femoral and nonfemoral catheters. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) definition of central lineassociated bacteremia was used, which is any documented bloodstream infection within 48 hours of the presence of a CVC in the absence of an alternate source of infection. Data for other complications such as pneumothorax and major bleeding were not consistently recorded.

Results

Figure 1 shows the number of internal jugular, subclavian, femoral, PICC, and total catheter placements from July 2005 through December 2007. The data are grouped into 3‐month increments for visual convenience. Comparing the periods before and after the inception of the hospitalist PICC service (Figure 1, dotted vertical line), the rate of PICC placements rose 4‐fold and the rate of total catheter placements approximately doubled. The rates of femoral and subclavian catheter placements decreased by approximately 50% and the rate of internal jugular catheter placement was roughly unchanged.

Figure 1
Central venous catheter insertion rates by quarter year. The dotted vertical line signifies the beginning of the hospitalist program.

Figure 2 shows the numbers of femoral and nonfemoral catheter days by month for 2005 through 2007. The nonfemoral catheter days began to rise prior to the start of the hospitalist program and continued to rise afterward, showing an approximately 3‐fold increase by the end of the study period. The number of femoral catheters days was highly variable, but seemed to decrease by approximately 50%.

Figure 2
Femoral and nonfemoral catheter days by month. The dotted vertical line signifies the beginning of the hospitalist program.

Figure 3 shows the rates of femoral and nonfemoral catheter‐associated bacteremia by month for 2005 through 2007. The absolute number of infections in both periods was low and is shown at the top of each bar in the figure.

Figure 3
Femoral and nonfemoral bacteremia rates per 1000 catheter days by month. The dotted vertical line signifies the beginning of the hospitalist program. The absolute number of infections is noted atop each bar.

To our knowledge, there were no episodes of pneumothorax or major bleeding with PICC placement. There were 3 inadvertent arterial punctures, each of which was easily controlled with local pressure. There was 1 incident of a coiled guidewire that could not be removed at the bedside and had to be removed in interventional radiology with no significant consequence to the patient.

Discussion

The complications associated with central catheter insertion continue to place the hospitalized patient at risk. PICCs may offer significant advantages over other types of central catheters in terms of decreased rates of mechanical and infectious complications. Despite this, hospital physicians have not traditionally been trained to place PICCs. We have shown in our small, university‐affiliated community hospital that training hospital physicians to place PICCs was associated with a decrease in the placement of centrally‐inserted venous catheters and a reduced rate of femoral catheter days. At the same time, the rate of central catheterrelated bacteremia remained low.

There are many limitations to our study. Since the analysis was retrospective and uncontrolled, it is not possible to attribute the decrease in femoral catheter days and the low infection rates solely to the use of PICCs. There may have been other factors, either related or unrelated to the transition to a hospitalist service, that influenced the results, such as improved hand hygiene, attention to the use of 5 barrier precautions, and the use of chlorhexidine cleansing. Also, since the study was descriptive and outcome measures were either not available or the numbers small, we cannot prove that there was benefit to the patients or that the changes in rates were statistically significant.

Training hospital physicians to place PICCs in our study was associated with a 2‐fold increase in the overall rate of catheter placements. The reason for this increase in the total number of catheter placements is not clear, but it is likely related to the ease of PICC placement and the increasing number of patients with difficult intravenous access. It is unclear if an equivalent number of traditional central catheters would have been placed were the hospitalists not trained in PICC placement. However, this increase in total number of catheters did not appear to result in an increase in catheter‐related bacteremia or in mechanical complications.

We observed no apparent decrease in the insertion rate of internal jugular catheters in our study, despite a decrease in the rates of subclavian and femoral catheter placements. Although the current CDC guideline recommends using the subclavian vein as the preferred site, the UK National Institute for Clinical Excellence (NICE) is now recommending the use of real‐time ultrasound with each placement,18 and we find that this is best done in the internal jugular vein. Also, the rate of placement of femoral catheters remained higher than that of subclavian cathetersmost likely because the femoral vein remained the site of choice for emergently‐placed cathetersas PICC, more so than subclavian, became the preferred site for elective catheters.

Training physicians to place PICCs was not a simple task. In our experience, the availability of trainers at the tertiary care hospital was limited and the distractions of other duties of the hospitalist complicated the learning process. Two of our 5 physicians could not schedule time with the training nurse and were not able to acquire the skill. However, after training, the 3 hospitalists found that there was such a demand for PICCs that with time it was easy to maintain and even refine this skill. Since we only had 3 of 5 hospitalists trained in PICC placement, we could not have a PICC‐trained hospitalist on site 24 hours a day and the remaining 2 physicians had to rely on centrally‐placed catheters for access or have 1 of the trained physicians come to the hospital from home.

In summary, PICCs may be a safe and easy alternative to centrally‐placed catheters for the hospital physician attempting to secure central intravenous access and may lead to a decrease in the need for more risky CVC insertions. More definitive, controlled investigation, with patient outcome data, will be required before this can be advocated as a universal recommendation.

References
  1. Climo M,Diekema D,Warren DK, et al.Prevalence of the use of central venous access devices within and outside of the intensive care unit: results of a survey among hospitals in the prevention epicenter program of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol.2003;24:942945.
  2. Kyle KS,Myers JS.Peripherally inserted central catheters: development of a hospital‐based program.J Intraven Nurs.1990;13:287290.
  3. Graham DR,Keldermans MM,Klem LW, et al.Infectious complications among patients receiving home intravenous therapy with peripheral, central, or peripherally placed central venous catheters.Am J Med.1991;91:95S100S.
  4. Skiest DJ,Abbott M,Keiser P.Peripherally inserted central catheters in patients with AIDS are associated with a low infection rate.Clin Infect Dis.2000;30:949952.
  5. Lam S,Scannell R,Roessler D,Smith MA.Peripherally inserted central venous catheters in an acute care hospital.J Intraven Nurs.1990;154:18331837.
  6. Black IH,Blosse SA,Murray WB.Central venous pressure measurements: peripherally inserted catheters versus centrally inserted catheters.Crit Care Med.2000;28:38333836.
  7. Thiagaragen R,Ramamoothry C,Gettman T, et al.Survey of the use of peripherally inserted central venous catheters in children.Pediatrics.1997;99:e4.
  8. Casalmir EC.Peripherally inserted central catheter (PICC) is effective in the care of critically ill patients using the basilic and cephalic veins and performed under ultrasound guidance at the patient's bedside by a pulmonary and critical care specialist. [October 23‐28, 2004, Seattle, Washington, USA. Abstracts].Chest.2004;126(4 suppl):705S1014S.
  9. Williams JF,Seneff MG,Friedman BC, et al.Use of femoral venous catheters in critically ill adults: prospective study.Crit Care Med.1991;19:550553.
  10. Mansfield PF,Hohn DC,Fornage BD,Gregurich MA,Ota DM.Complications and failures of subclavian‐vein catheterization.N Engl J Med.1994;331:17351738.
  11. Safdar N,Maki D.Risk of catheter‐related bloodstream infection with peripherally inserted central venous catheters used in hospitalized patients.Chest.2005;128:489495.
  12. Loewenthal MR,Dobson PM.The peripherally inserted central catheter (PICC): a prospective study of its natural history after cubital fossa insertion.Anaesth Intensive Care.2002;30:2124.
  13. Chemaly RF,de Parres JB,Rehm SJ.Venous thrombosis associated with peripherally inserted central catheters: a retrospective analysis of the Cleveland Clinic experience.Clin Infect Dis.2002;34:11791183.
  14. Ong B,Gibbs H,Catchpole I,Hetherington R,Harper J.Peripherally inserted central catheters and upper extremity deep vein thrombosis.Australas Radiol.2006;50:451454.
  15. Abdullah BJ,Mohammad N,Sangkar JV, et al.Incidence of upper limb venous thrombosis associated with peripherally inserted central catheters (PICC).Br J Radiol.2005;78:596600.
  16. Pradoni P,Polistena P,Benardi E, et al.Upper‐extremity deep vein thrombosis: risk factors, diagnosis, and complications.Arch Intern Med.1997;157:5762.
  17. Fong NI,Holtzman SR,Bettmann MA,Bettis SJ.Peripherally inserted central catheters: outcome as a function of the operator.J Vasc Interv Radiol.2001;12:723729.
  18. Hind D,Calvert N,McWilliams R, et al.Ultrasonic locating devices for central venous cannulation: meta‐analysis.BMJ.2003;327:361.
References
  1. Climo M,Diekema D,Warren DK, et al.Prevalence of the use of central venous access devices within and outside of the intensive care unit: results of a survey among hospitals in the prevention epicenter program of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol.2003;24:942945.
  2. Kyle KS,Myers JS.Peripherally inserted central catheters: development of a hospital‐based program.J Intraven Nurs.1990;13:287290.
  3. Graham DR,Keldermans MM,Klem LW, et al.Infectious complications among patients receiving home intravenous therapy with peripheral, central, or peripherally placed central venous catheters.Am J Med.1991;91:95S100S.
  4. Skiest DJ,Abbott M,Keiser P.Peripherally inserted central catheters in patients with AIDS are associated with a low infection rate.Clin Infect Dis.2000;30:949952.
  5. Lam S,Scannell R,Roessler D,Smith MA.Peripherally inserted central venous catheters in an acute care hospital.J Intraven Nurs.1990;154:18331837.
  6. Black IH,Blosse SA,Murray WB.Central venous pressure measurements: peripherally inserted catheters versus centrally inserted catheters.Crit Care Med.2000;28:38333836.
  7. Thiagaragen R,Ramamoothry C,Gettman T, et al.Survey of the use of peripherally inserted central venous catheters in children.Pediatrics.1997;99:e4.
  8. Casalmir EC.Peripherally inserted central catheter (PICC) is effective in the care of critically ill patients using the basilic and cephalic veins and performed under ultrasound guidance at the patient's bedside by a pulmonary and critical care specialist. [October 23‐28, 2004, Seattle, Washington, USA. Abstracts].Chest.2004;126(4 suppl):705S1014S.
  9. Williams JF,Seneff MG,Friedman BC, et al.Use of femoral venous catheters in critically ill adults: prospective study.Crit Care Med.1991;19:550553.
  10. Mansfield PF,Hohn DC,Fornage BD,Gregurich MA,Ota DM.Complications and failures of subclavian‐vein catheterization.N Engl J Med.1994;331:17351738.
  11. Safdar N,Maki D.Risk of catheter‐related bloodstream infection with peripherally inserted central venous catheters used in hospitalized patients.Chest.2005;128:489495.
  12. Loewenthal MR,Dobson PM.The peripherally inserted central catheter (PICC): a prospective study of its natural history after cubital fossa insertion.Anaesth Intensive Care.2002;30:2124.
  13. Chemaly RF,de Parres JB,Rehm SJ.Venous thrombosis associated with peripherally inserted central catheters: a retrospective analysis of the Cleveland Clinic experience.Clin Infect Dis.2002;34:11791183.
  14. Ong B,Gibbs H,Catchpole I,Hetherington R,Harper J.Peripherally inserted central catheters and upper extremity deep vein thrombosis.Australas Radiol.2006;50:451454.
  15. Abdullah BJ,Mohammad N,Sangkar JV, et al.Incidence of upper limb venous thrombosis associated with peripherally inserted central catheters (PICC).Br J Radiol.2005;78:596600.
  16. Pradoni P,Polistena P,Benardi E, et al.Upper‐extremity deep vein thrombosis: risk factors, diagnosis, and complications.Arch Intern Med.1997;157:5762.
  17. Fong NI,Holtzman SR,Bettmann MA,Bettis SJ.Peripherally inserted central catheters: outcome as a function of the operator.J Vasc Interv Radiol.2001;12:723729.
  18. Hind D,Calvert N,McWilliams R, et al.Ultrasonic locating devices for central venous cannulation: meta‐analysis.BMJ.2003;327:361.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
E1-E4
Page Number
E1-E4
Article Type
Display Headline
Peripherally inserted central catheter use in the hospitalized patient: Is there a role for the hospitalist?
Display Headline
Peripherally inserted central catheter use in the hospitalized patient: Is there a role for the hospitalist?
Legacy Keywords
catheterization, central venous, infection control, hospitalists
Legacy Keywords
catheterization, central venous, infection control, hospitalists
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2009 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Assistant Professor of Critical Care Medicine, Chief, Division of Hospital Medicine, Department of Critical Care Medicine, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, 611 Scaife Hall, 3550 Terrace Street, Pittsburgh, PA 15261
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

Hypoglycemia in ICU

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Delay in blood glucose monitoring during an insulin infusion protocol is associated with increased risk of hypoglycemia in intensive care units

Since publication of the first randomized controlled trial of insulin infusion therapy in surgical intensive care unit (ICU) patients,1 most institutions have implemented insulin infusion protocols (IIP) for tight glycemic control in their ICUs.29 The major problem with tight glycemic control is the risk of hypoglycemia. In the randomized controlled trial involving medical ICU patients, 18.7% patients experienced at least 1 episode of blood glucose (BG) 40 mg/dL.10 Recently, a major insulin infusion trial involving patients with severe sepsis was stopped due to unacceptably high risk of hypoglycemia.11 Potential benefits of BG control may be offset by potential risks of hypoglycemia. While there can be multiple factors that could contribute to the risk of hypoglycemia, suboptimal protocol implementation is relatively amenable to correction.

Most IIPs are nurse driven. Nurses monitor BG levels every 30 to 60 minutes and make adjustments in insulin infusion rates. Each point of care testing and insulin dose adjustment takes about 5 minutes of nursing time.12 Given the numerous other nursing responsibilities for monitoring and documentation in very sick patients, nurses may not always be able check BGs at the recommended times. We investigated whether a delay in BG monitoring during insulin infusion therapy is associated with higher risk of hypoglycemia.

Methods

Data were collected for 50 consecutive patients treated with Brigham and Women's Hospital's insulin infusion protocol (BHIP) between September 27, 2006 and October 13, 2006. The investigation was part of the hospital's ongoing diabetes quality improvement program. Partners‐Health Human Research Committee approved the study. Patient demographics, history of diabetes mellitus, and glycosylated hemoglobin (A1C) were obtained from paper and electronic medical records. Point‐of‐care BG values were obtained from the bedside paper flow sheets. The exact times of individual BG measurements were ascertained from Point of Care Precision Web (QCM3.0; Abbott, Inc.).

Target BG range with BHIP is 80 to 110 mg/dL. BHIP requires BG testing every 60 minutes unless a BG value of 60 mg/dL is obtained; in which case, testing is required every 30 minutes. A time violation was assumed to have occurred if the BG was measured >70 minutes after a previous value of 60 mg/dL or >40 minutes after a previous BG value of 60 mg/dL (ie, >10 minutes after the recommended time for measurement). Although the choice of 10 minutes was arbitrary, we think it is a reasonable and practical time frame for getting a BG measurement. If a measurement was obtained earlier than the recommended time, it was not considered a time violation. However, measurements obtained within 30 minutes of a previous BG value (overwhelmingly drawn for confirmation of a previous BG value) were excluded from analysis.

BG values were divided into 2 categories: values following time violation and values following no time violation. The numbers of values in different BG ranges (80, 80110, >110 mg/dL) were compared in the 2 categories using a chi square test. Data are presented as mean standard deviation (SD), median and numbers with percentage. Statistical significance was set at P 0.05.

Results

Mean age of the 50 patients treated with BHIP was 64.0 13.6 years. There were 27 men and 23 women. Eighteen patients had preexisting diabetes (1 had type 1 and 17 had type 2 diabetes, mean A1C 7.1 1.7%) and 32 patients had no previous history of diabetes (mean A1C 5.9 0.9%). Mean serum creatinine was 1.34 1.0 mg/dL. Mean BG at the start of BHIP was 173 69.6 mg/dL; median 167.5 mg/dL. Mean BG during insulin infusion was 117.3 43.1 mg/dL; median 107 mg/dL. Mean BG during insulin infusion was higher in diabetic patients compared to nondiabetic patients (125.2 57.8 versus 113.4 38.8 mg/dL; P 0.01). Monitoring for BGs was done with similar frequency in all patients. Overall, 40.2% of the total 2,605 BG values were in a range of 80 to 110 mg/dL. A total of 1.5% of values were below 60 mg/dL; only 4 values were 40 mg/dL.

A total of 2,309 values could be studied for time violations. The remaining 296 values were either obtained within 30 minutes of the previous test or the exact time of measurement could not be ascertained. A total of 1,474 (63.9%) measurements had been obtained at the recommended time or earlier than the recommended time; 835 (36.1%) measurements had been obtained >10 minutes after the recommended time for measurement (time violation). The proportion of BG values below the target (80 mg/dL) was significantly higher following the time violation as compared to no time violation (Table 1). On the other hand, values >110 mg/dL were not more common following a time violation, compared to instances when no time violation occurred.

Time Violations and Blood Glucose Values during BHIP
Time Violation [n = 835 (100%)] No Time Violation [n = 1,474 (100%)] P Value
  • Abbreviation: NS, statistically nonsignificant.

BG values 80 mg/dL 149 (17.8) 171 (11.6) 0.001
BG values 80110 mg/dL 316 (37.8) 596 (40.4) NS
BG values >110 mg/dL 370 (44.3) 708 (47.8) NS

Frequency of time violation was similar in subgroups of patients divided according to gender, presence of diabetes and the type of ICU (Table 2). Comparison among subgroups of admission diagnoses was not possible due to the small number of patients. Overall, the proportion of low BG values was lower in diabetic patients compared to nondiabetic patients (11.9% versus 15.0%, P = 0.03). An increased rate of hypoglycemia following time violations was present in all subgroups except for the diabetic subgroup (Table 3).

Patient Characteristics and Frequency of Time Violation
Characteristic Number of Patients % of BG Values Associated with Time Violations P Value
  • Abbreviation: NS, statistically nonsignificant.

Gender NS
Male 27 36
Female 23 36
Diabetes status NS
Known diabetes 18 37
No known diabetes 32 35
Type of ICU NS
Medical 20 38
Surgical 30 35
Admission diagnosis
Cardiovascular disease 7 35
Gastrointestinal disease 4 43
Malignant disorder 8 32
Neurological disease 7 36
Orthopedic problem 2 51
Respiratory disease 13 33
Renal failure 3 46
Sepsis 6 36
Patient Characteristic and Relation of Time Violation to Hypoglycemia
% BG Values 80
Characteristic Time Violation No Time Violation P Value
  • Abbreviation: NS, statistically nonsignificant.

Male 19.1 11.9 0.001
Female 16.1 11.2 0.03
Known diabetes 13.3 11.1 NS
No diabetes 20 11.9 0.001
Medical ICU 19.2 11.9 0.002
Surgical ICU 16.8 11.3 0.004
Cardiovascular diseases 21.1 14.1
Gastrointestinal diseases 22.1 14.8
Malignant disorders 22.0 11.7
Neurological diseases 7.5 5.0
Orthopedic problems 6.2 6.6
Respiratory diseases 11.9 10.4
Renal failure 35.7 15.6
Sepsis 19.7 13.5

Discussion

Our study shows that a delay in BG testing during BHIP is associated with higher chances of a low BG value. This effect was consistent in multiple subgroups. However, the effect was nonsignificant in diabetic patients, probably due to higher mean BG levels and less frequent low BG values. Over one‐third of all BG measurements were obtained after a time violation. Protocol violations in our study are no different from those reported by others.7, 13, 14 Our patient characteristics of severe hypoglycemic episodes and the overall BG control achieved with BHIP were also similar to those reported by others with similar protocols.5, 7, 1517 While the results of this study may still be specific to BHIP, we think they are applicable to other similar protocols.

Because a delay in testing by itself is unlikely to cause hypoglycemia, a more likely explanation for these results is that hypoglycemia occurred when insulin infusion adjustments were not made in a timely fashion due to prolonged BG monitoring intervals. Insulin infusions are the preferred treatment in rapidly changing clinical settings because changes in insulin doses can be made frequently. Most IIPs are designed with the assumption that insulin dose adjustments will be made regularly and frequently, based on BG measurements. Although there is no gold standard for the optimal BG test frequency, in most protocols BG testing is performed every hour in order to ensure safety as well as efficacy. Our results are consistent with the intuitive assumption that a timely measurement of the BG is important for successful implementation of an IIP.

It was somewhat surprising that high BG values were not more frequent following a time violation. We can only speculate as to the reason for this. It is possible that critically ill patients are near maximally insulin resistant and, once an effective insulin infusion rate is achieved, further increases are not as frequently required. On the other hand, insulin requirements may decrease rapidly as contributors to insulin resistance resolve. Another possibility is that there may be a limit to hepatic glucose production during acute illness making patients more prone to hypoglycemia. It is also possible that the nurses tend to test more promptly when the BG levels are running high. Thus, the insulin doses may be increased at proper times until BG levels are in the target range. However, when BG levels are in the target range, nurses may become less vigilant, leading to a delay in testing. As a result a decrease in insulin dose, when required, does not happen as promptly as an increase in dose.

In our study the absolute risk of hypoglycemia associated with time violation was 6%. Avoiding this hypoglycemia may have an impact on glycemic control in the ICU and may change clinical outcomes. Moreover, this is 1 of the few factors that are potentially amenable to correction. Therefore, measures to improve adherence to protocols, eg, prompts for BG testing and better nurse training regarding importance of timely testing, may reduce the risk of hypoglycemia.

References
  1. van den Berghe G,Wouters P,Weekers F, et al.Intensive insulin therapy in the surgical intensive care unit.N Engl J Med.2001;345(19):13591367.
  2. Krinsley JS.Effect of an intensive glucose management protocol on the mortality of critically ill adult patients.Mayo Clin Proc.2004;79(8):9921000.
  3. Laver S,Preston S,Turner D,McKinstry C,Padkin A.Implementing intensive insulin therapy: development and audit of the Bath insulin protocol.Anaesth Intensive Care.2004;32(3):311316.
  4. Lien LF,Spratt SE,Woods Z,Osborne KK,Feinglos MN.Optimizing hospital use of intravenous insulin therapy: improved management of hyperglycemia and error reduction with a new nomogram.Endocr Pract.2005;11(4):240253.
  5. Taylor BE,Schallom ME,Sona CS, et al.Efficacy and safety of an insulin infusion protocol in a surgical ICU.J Am Coll Surg.2006;202(1):19.
  6. Goldberg PA,Siegel MD,Sherwin RS, et al.Implementation of a safe and effective insulin infusion protocol in a medical intensive care unit.Diabetes Care.2004;27(2):461467.
  7. DeSantis AJ,Schmeltz LR,Schmidt K, et al.Inpatient management of hyperglycemia: the Northwestern experience.Endocr Pract.2006;12(5):491505.
  8. Rea RS,Donihi AC,Bobeck M, et al.Implementing an intravenous insulin infusion protocol in the intensive care unit.Am J Health Syst Pharm.2007;64(4):385395.
  9. Quinn JA,Snyder SL,Berghoff JL,Colombo CS,Jacobi J.A practical approach to hyperglycemia management in the intensive care unit: evaluation of an intensive insulin infusion protocol.Pharmacotherapy.2006;26(10):14101420.
  10. Van den Berghe G,Wilmer A,Hermans G, et al.Intensive insulin therapy in the medical ICU.N Engl J Med.2006;354(5):449461.
  11. Brunkhorst FM,Engel C,Bloos F, et al.Intensive insulin therapy and pentastarch resuscitation in severe sepsis.N Engl J Med.2008;358(2):125139.
  12. Aragon D.Evaluation of nursing work effort and perceptions about blood glucose testing in tight glycemic control.Am J Crit Care.2006;15(4):370377.
  13. Oeyen SG,Hoste EA,Roosens CD,Decruyenaere JM,Blot SI.Adherence to and efficacy and safety of an insulin protocol in the critically ill: a prospective observational study.Am J Crit Care.2007;16(6):599608.
  14. Clayton SB,Mazur JE,Condren S,Hermayer KL,Strange C.Evaluation of an intensive insulin protocol for septic patients in a medical intensive care unit.Crit Care Med.2006;34(12):29742978.
  15. Collier B,Diaz J,Forbes R, et al.The impact of a normoglycemic management protocol on clinical outcomes in the trauma intensive care unit.JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr.2005;29(5):353358.
  16. Kanji S,Singh A,Tierney M,Meggison H,McIntyre L,Hebert PC.Standardization of intravenous insulin therapy improves the efficiency and safety of blood glucose control in critically ill adults.Intensive Care Med.2004;30(5):804810.
  17. Bland DK,Fankhanel Y,Langford E, et al.Intensive versus modified conventional control of blood glucose level in medical intensive care patients: a pilot study.Am J Crit Care.2005;14(5):370376.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
E5-E7
Legacy Keywords
hypoglycemia, ICU, insulin infusion
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Since publication of the first randomized controlled trial of insulin infusion therapy in surgical intensive care unit (ICU) patients,1 most institutions have implemented insulin infusion protocols (IIP) for tight glycemic control in their ICUs.29 The major problem with tight glycemic control is the risk of hypoglycemia. In the randomized controlled trial involving medical ICU patients, 18.7% patients experienced at least 1 episode of blood glucose (BG) 40 mg/dL.10 Recently, a major insulin infusion trial involving patients with severe sepsis was stopped due to unacceptably high risk of hypoglycemia.11 Potential benefits of BG control may be offset by potential risks of hypoglycemia. While there can be multiple factors that could contribute to the risk of hypoglycemia, suboptimal protocol implementation is relatively amenable to correction.

Most IIPs are nurse driven. Nurses monitor BG levels every 30 to 60 minutes and make adjustments in insulin infusion rates. Each point of care testing and insulin dose adjustment takes about 5 minutes of nursing time.12 Given the numerous other nursing responsibilities for monitoring and documentation in very sick patients, nurses may not always be able check BGs at the recommended times. We investigated whether a delay in BG monitoring during insulin infusion therapy is associated with higher risk of hypoglycemia.

Methods

Data were collected for 50 consecutive patients treated with Brigham and Women's Hospital's insulin infusion protocol (BHIP) between September 27, 2006 and October 13, 2006. The investigation was part of the hospital's ongoing diabetes quality improvement program. Partners‐Health Human Research Committee approved the study. Patient demographics, history of diabetes mellitus, and glycosylated hemoglobin (A1C) were obtained from paper and electronic medical records. Point‐of‐care BG values were obtained from the bedside paper flow sheets. The exact times of individual BG measurements were ascertained from Point of Care Precision Web (QCM3.0; Abbott, Inc.).

Target BG range with BHIP is 80 to 110 mg/dL. BHIP requires BG testing every 60 minutes unless a BG value of 60 mg/dL is obtained; in which case, testing is required every 30 minutes. A time violation was assumed to have occurred if the BG was measured >70 minutes after a previous value of 60 mg/dL or >40 minutes after a previous BG value of 60 mg/dL (ie, >10 minutes after the recommended time for measurement). Although the choice of 10 minutes was arbitrary, we think it is a reasonable and practical time frame for getting a BG measurement. If a measurement was obtained earlier than the recommended time, it was not considered a time violation. However, measurements obtained within 30 minutes of a previous BG value (overwhelmingly drawn for confirmation of a previous BG value) were excluded from analysis.

BG values were divided into 2 categories: values following time violation and values following no time violation. The numbers of values in different BG ranges (80, 80110, >110 mg/dL) were compared in the 2 categories using a chi square test. Data are presented as mean standard deviation (SD), median and numbers with percentage. Statistical significance was set at P 0.05.

Results

Mean age of the 50 patients treated with BHIP was 64.0 13.6 years. There were 27 men and 23 women. Eighteen patients had preexisting diabetes (1 had type 1 and 17 had type 2 diabetes, mean A1C 7.1 1.7%) and 32 patients had no previous history of diabetes (mean A1C 5.9 0.9%). Mean serum creatinine was 1.34 1.0 mg/dL. Mean BG at the start of BHIP was 173 69.6 mg/dL; median 167.5 mg/dL. Mean BG during insulin infusion was 117.3 43.1 mg/dL; median 107 mg/dL. Mean BG during insulin infusion was higher in diabetic patients compared to nondiabetic patients (125.2 57.8 versus 113.4 38.8 mg/dL; P 0.01). Monitoring for BGs was done with similar frequency in all patients. Overall, 40.2% of the total 2,605 BG values were in a range of 80 to 110 mg/dL. A total of 1.5% of values were below 60 mg/dL; only 4 values were 40 mg/dL.

A total of 2,309 values could be studied for time violations. The remaining 296 values were either obtained within 30 minutes of the previous test or the exact time of measurement could not be ascertained. A total of 1,474 (63.9%) measurements had been obtained at the recommended time or earlier than the recommended time; 835 (36.1%) measurements had been obtained >10 minutes after the recommended time for measurement (time violation). The proportion of BG values below the target (80 mg/dL) was significantly higher following the time violation as compared to no time violation (Table 1). On the other hand, values >110 mg/dL were not more common following a time violation, compared to instances when no time violation occurred.

Time Violations and Blood Glucose Values during BHIP
Time Violation [n = 835 (100%)] No Time Violation [n = 1,474 (100%)] P Value
  • Abbreviation: NS, statistically nonsignificant.

BG values 80 mg/dL 149 (17.8) 171 (11.6) 0.001
BG values 80110 mg/dL 316 (37.8) 596 (40.4) NS
BG values >110 mg/dL 370 (44.3) 708 (47.8) NS

Frequency of time violation was similar in subgroups of patients divided according to gender, presence of diabetes and the type of ICU (Table 2). Comparison among subgroups of admission diagnoses was not possible due to the small number of patients. Overall, the proportion of low BG values was lower in diabetic patients compared to nondiabetic patients (11.9% versus 15.0%, P = 0.03). An increased rate of hypoglycemia following time violations was present in all subgroups except for the diabetic subgroup (Table 3).

Patient Characteristics and Frequency of Time Violation
Characteristic Number of Patients % of BG Values Associated with Time Violations P Value
  • Abbreviation: NS, statistically nonsignificant.

Gender NS
Male 27 36
Female 23 36
Diabetes status NS
Known diabetes 18 37
No known diabetes 32 35
Type of ICU NS
Medical 20 38
Surgical 30 35
Admission diagnosis
Cardiovascular disease 7 35
Gastrointestinal disease 4 43
Malignant disorder 8 32
Neurological disease 7 36
Orthopedic problem 2 51
Respiratory disease 13 33
Renal failure 3 46
Sepsis 6 36
Patient Characteristic and Relation of Time Violation to Hypoglycemia
% BG Values 80
Characteristic Time Violation No Time Violation P Value
  • Abbreviation: NS, statistically nonsignificant.

Male 19.1 11.9 0.001
Female 16.1 11.2 0.03
Known diabetes 13.3 11.1 NS
No diabetes 20 11.9 0.001
Medical ICU 19.2 11.9 0.002
Surgical ICU 16.8 11.3 0.004
Cardiovascular diseases 21.1 14.1
Gastrointestinal diseases 22.1 14.8
Malignant disorders 22.0 11.7
Neurological diseases 7.5 5.0
Orthopedic problems 6.2 6.6
Respiratory diseases 11.9 10.4
Renal failure 35.7 15.6
Sepsis 19.7 13.5

Discussion

Our study shows that a delay in BG testing during BHIP is associated with higher chances of a low BG value. This effect was consistent in multiple subgroups. However, the effect was nonsignificant in diabetic patients, probably due to higher mean BG levels and less frequent low BG values. Over one‐third of all BG measurements were obtained after a time violation. Protocol violations in our study are no different from those reported by others.7, 13, 14 Our patient characteristics of severe hypoglycemic episodes and the overall BG control achieved with BHIP were also similar to those reported by others with similar protocols.5, 7, 1517 While the results of this study may still be specific to BHIP, we think they are applicable to other similar protocols.

Because a delay in testing by itself is unlikely to cause hypoglycemia, a more likely explanation for these results is that hypoglycemia occurred when insulin infusion adjustments were not made in a timely fashion due to prolonged BG monitoring intervals. Insulin infusions are the preferred treatment in rapidly changing clinical settings because changes in insulin doses can be made frequently. Most IIPs are designed with the assumption that insulin dose adjustments will be made regularly and frequently, based on BG measurements. Although there is no gold standard for the optimal BG test frequency, in most protocols BG testing is performed every hour in order to ensure safety as well as efficacy. Our results are consistent with the intuitive assumption that a timely measurement of the BG is important for successful implementation of an IIP.

It was somewhat surprising that high BG values were not more frequent following a time violation. We can only speculate as to the reason for this. It is possible that critically ill patients are near maximally insulin resistant and, once an effective insulin infusion rate is achieved, further increases are not as frequently required. On the other hand, insulin requirements may decrease rapidly as contributors to insulin resistance resolve. Another possibility is that there may be a limit to hepatic glucose production during acute illness making patients more prone to hypoglycemia. It is also possible that the nurses tend to test more promptly when the BG levels are running high. Thus, the insulin doses may be increased at proper times until BG levels are in the target range. However, when BG levels are in the target range, nurses may become less vigilant, leading to a delay in testing. As a result a decrease in insulin dose, when required, does not happen as promptly as an increase in dose.

In our study the absolute risk of hypoglycemia associated with time violation was 6%. Avoiding this hypoglycemia may have an impact on glycemic control in the ICU and may change clinical outcomes. Moreover, this is 1 of the few factors that are potentially amenable to correction. Therefore, measures to improve adherence to protocols, eg, prompts for BG testing and better nurse training regarding importance of timely testing, may reduce the risk of hypoglycemia.

Since publication of the first randomized controlled trial of insulin infusion therapy in surgical intensive care unit (ICU) patients,1 most institutions have implemented insulin infusion protocols (IIP) for tight glycemic control in their ICUs.29 The major problem with tight glycemic control is the risk of hypoglycemia. In the randomized controlled trial involving medical ICU patients, 18.7% patients experienced at least 1 episode of blood glucose (BG) 40 mg/dL.10 Recently, a major insulin infusion trial involving patients with severe sepsis was stopped due to unacceptably high risk of hypoglycemia.11 Potential benefits of BG control may be offset by potential risks of hypoglycemia. While there can be multiple factors that could contribute to the risk of hypoglycemia, suboptimal protocol implementation is relatively amenable to correction.

Most IIPs are nurse driven. Nurses monitor BG levels every 30 to 60 minutes and make adjustments in insulin infusion rates. Each point of care testing and insulin dose adjustment takes about 5 minutes of nursing time.12 Given the numerous other nursing responsibilities for monitoring and documentation in very sick patients, nurses may not always be able check BGs at the recommended times. We investigated whether a delay in BG monitoring during insulin infusion therapy is associated with higher risk of hypoglycemia.

Methods

Data were collected for 50 consecutive patients treated with Brigham and Women's Hospital's insulin infusion protocol (BHIP) between September 27, 2006 and October 13, 2006. The investigation was part of the hospital's ongoing diabetes quality improvement program. Partners‐Health Human Research Committee approved the study. Patient demographics, history of diabetes mellitus, and glycosylated hemoglobin (A1C) were obtained from paper and electronic medical records. Point‐of‐care BG values were obtained from the bedside paper flow sheets. The exact times of individual BG measurements were ascertained from Point of Care Precision Web (QCM3.0; Abbott, Inc.).

Target BG range with BHIP is 80 to 110 mg/dL. BHIP requires BG testing every 60 minutes unless a BG value of 60 mg/dL is obtained; in which case, testing is required every 30 minutes. A time violation was assumed to have occurred if the BG was measured >70 minutes after a previous value of 60 mg/dL or >40 minutes after a previous BG value of 60 mg/dL (ie, >10 minutes after the recommended time for measurement). Although the choice of 10 minutes was arbitrary, we think it is a reasonable and practical time frame for getting a BG measurement. If a measurement was obtained earlier than the recommended time, it was not considered a time violation. However, measurements obtained within 30 minutes of a previous BG value (overwhelmingly drawn for confirmation of a previous BG value) were excluded from analysis.

BG values were divided into 2 categories: values following time violation and values following no time violation. The numbers of values in different BG ranges (80, 80110, >110 mg/dL) were compared in the 2 categories using a chi square test. Data are presented as mean standard deviation (SD), median and numbers with percentage. Statistical significance was set at P 0.05.

Results

Mean age of the 50 patients treated with BHIP was 64.0 13.6 years. There were 27 men and 23 women. Eighteen patients had preexisting diabetes (1 had type 1 and 17 had type 2 diabetes, mean A1C 7.1 1.7%) and 32 patients had no previous history of diabetes (mean A1C 5.9 0.9%). Mean serum creatinine was 1.34 1.0 mg/dL. Mean BG at the start of BHIP was 173 69.6 mg/dL; median 167.5 mg/dL. Mean BG during insulin infusion was 117.3 43.1 mg/dL; median 107 mg/dL. Mean BG during insulin infusion was higher in diabetic patients compared to nondiabetic patients (125.2 57.8 versus 113.4 38.8 mg/dL; P 0.01). Monitoring for BGs was done with similar frequency in all patients. Overall, 40.2% of the total 2,605 BG values were in a range of 80 to 110 mg/dL. A total of 1.5% of values were below 60 mg/dL; only 4 values were 40 mg/dL.

A total of 2,309 values could be studied for time violations. The remaining 296 values were either obtained within 30 minutes of the previous test or the exact time of measurement could not be ascertained. A total of 1,474 (63.9%) measurements had been obtained at the recommended time or earlier than the recommended time; 835 (36.1%) measurements had been obtained >10 minutes after the recommended time for measurement (time violation). The proportion of BG values below the target (80 mg/dL) was significantly higher following the time violation as compared to no time violation (Table 1). On the other hand, values >110 mg/dL were not more common following a time violation, compared to instances when no time violation occurred.

Time Violations and Blood Glucose Values during BHIP
Time Violation [n = 835 (100%)] No Time Violation [n = 1,474 (100%)] P Value
  • Abbreviation: NS, statistically nonsignificant.

BG values 80 mg/dL 149 (17.8) 171 (11.6) 0.001
BG values 80110 mg/dL 316 (37.8) 596 (40.4) NS
BG values >110 mg/dL 370 (44.3) 708 (47.8) NS

Frequency of time violation was similar in subgroups of patients divided according to gender, presence of diabetes and the type of ICU (Table 2). Comparison among subgroups of admission diagnoses was not possible due to the small number of patients. Overall, the proportion of low BG values was lower in diabetic patients compared to nondiabetic patients (11.9% versus 15.0%, P = 0.03). An increased rate of hypoglycemia following time violations was present in all subgroups except for the diabetic subgroup (Table 3).

Patient Characteristics and Frequency of Time Violation
Characteristic Number of Patients % of BG Values Associated with Time Violations P Value
  • Abbreviation: NS, statistically nonsignificant.

Gender NS
Male 27 36
Female 23 36
Diabetes status NS
Known diabetes 18 37
No known diabetes 32 35
Type of ICU NS
Medical 20 38
Surgical 30 35
Admission diagnosis
Cardiovascular disease 7 35
Gastrointestinal disease 4 43
Malignant disorder 8 32
Neurological disease 7 36
Orthopedic problem 2 51
Respiratory disease 13 33
Renal failure 3 46
Sepsis 6 36
Patient Characteristic and Relation of Time Violation to Hypoglycemia
% BG Values 80
Characteristic Time Violation No Time Violation P Value
  • Abbreviation: NS, statistically nonsignificant.

Male 19.1 11.9 0.001
Female 16.1 11.2 0.03
Known diabetes 13.3 11.1 NS
No diabetes 20 11.9 0.001
Medical ICU 19.2 11.9 0.002
Surgical ICU 16.8 11.3 0.004
Cardiovascular diseases 21.1 14.1
Gastrointestinal diseases 22.1 14.8
Malignant disorders 22.0 11.7
Neurological diseases 7.5 5.0
Orthopedic problems 6.2 6.6
Respiratory diseases 11.9 10.4
Renal failure 35.7 15.6
Sepsis 19.7 13.5

Discussion

Our study shows that a delay in BG testing during BHIP is associated with higher chances of a low BG value. This effect was consistent in multiple subgroups. However, the effect was nonsignificant in diabetic patients, probably due to higher mean BG levels and less frequent low BG values. Over one‐third of all BG measurements were obtained after a time violation. Protocol violations in our study are no different from those reported by others.7, 13, 14 Our patient characteristics of severe hypoglycemic episodes and the overall BG control achieved with BHIP were also similar to those reported by others with similar protocols.5, 7, 1517 While the results of this study may still be specific to BHIP, we think they are applicable to other similar protocols.

Because a delay in testing by itself is unlikely to cause hypoglycemia, a more likely explanation for these results is that hypoglycemia occurred when insulin infusion adjustments were not made in a timely fashion due to prolonged BG monitoring intervals. Insulin infusions are the preferred treatment in rapidly changing clinical settings because changes in insulin doses can be made frequently. Most IIPs are designed with the assumption that insulin dose adjustments will be made regularly and frequently, based on BG measurements. Although there is no gold standard for the optimal BG test frequency, in most protocols BG testing is performed every hour in order to ensure safety as well as efficacy. Our results are consistent with the intuitive assumption that a timely measurement of the BG is important for successful implementation of an IIP.

It was somewhat surprising that high BG values were not more frequent following a time violation. We can only speculate as to the reason for this. It is possible that critically ill patients are near maximally insulin resistant and, once an effective insulin infusion rate is achieved, further increases are not as frequently required. On the other hand, insulin requirements may decrease rapidly as contributors to insulin resistance resolve. Another possibility is that there may be a limit to hepatic glucose production during acute illness making patients more prone to hypoglycemia. It is also possible that the nurses tend to test more promptly when the BG levels are running high. Thus, the insulin doses may be increased at proper times until BG levels are in the target range. However, when BG levels are in the target range, nurses may become less vigilant, leading to a delay in testing. As a result a decrease in insulin dose, when required, does not happen as promptly as an increase in dose.

In our study the absolute risk of hypoglycemia associated with time violation was 6%. Avoiding this hypoglycemia may have an impact on glycemic control in the ICU and may change clinical outcomes. Moreover, this is 1 of the few factors that are potentially amenable to correction. Therefore, measures to improve adherence to protocols, eg, prompts for BG testing and better nurse training regarding importance of timely testing, may reduce the risk of hypoglycemia.

References
  1. van den Berghe G,Wouters P,Weekers F, et al.Intensive insulin therapy in the surgical intensive care unit.N Engl J Med.2001;345(19):13591367.
  2. Krinsley JS.Effect of an intensive glucose management protocol on the mortality of critically ill adult patients.Mayo Clin Proc.2004;79(8):9921000.
  3. Laver S,Preston S,Turner D,McKinstry C,Padkin A.Implementing intensive insulin therapy: development and audit of the Bath insulin protocol.Anaesth Intensive Care.2004;32(3):311316.
  4. Lien LF,Spratt SE,Woods Z,Osborne KK,Feinglos MN.Optimizing hospital use of intravenous insulin therapy: improved management of hyperglycemia and error reduction with a new nomogram.Endocr Pract.2005;11(4):240253.
  5. Taylor BE,Schallom ME,Sona CS, et al.Efficacy and safety of an insulin infusion protocol in a surgical ICU.J Am Coll Surg.2006;202(1):19.
  6. Goldberg PA,Siegel MD,Sherwin RS, et al.Implementation of a safe and effective insulin infusion protocol in a medical intensive care unit.Diabetes Care.2004;27(2):461467.
  7. DeSantis AJ,Schmeltz LR,Schmidt K, et al.Inpatient management of hyperglycemia: the Northwestern experience.Endocr Pract.2006;12(5):491505.
  8. Rea RS,Donihi AC,Bobeck M, et al.Implementing an intravenous insulin infusion protocol in the intensive care unit.Am J Health Syst Pharm.2007;64(4):385395.
  9. Quinn JA,Snyder SL,Berghoff JL,Colombo CS,Jacobi J.A practical approach to hyperglycemia management in the intensive care unit: evaluation of an intensive insulin infusion protocol.Pharmacotherapy.2006;26(10):14101420.
  10. Van den Berghe G,Wilmer A,Hermans G, et al.Intensive insulin therapy in the medical ICU.N Engl J Med.2006;354(5):449461.
  11. Brunkhorst FM,Engel C,Bloos F, et al.Intensive insulin therapy and pentastarch resuscitation in severe sepsis.N Engl J Med.2008;358(2):125139.
  12. Aragon D.Evaluation of nursing work effort and perceptions about blood glucose testing in tight glycemic control.Am J Crit Care.2006;15(4):370377.
  13. Oeyen SG,Hoste EA,Roosens CD,Decruyenaere JM,Blot SI.Adherence to and efficacy and safety of an insulin protocol in the critically ill: a prospective observational study.Am J Crit Care.2007;16(6):599608.
  14. Clayton SB,Mazur JE,Condren S,Hermayer KL,Strange C.Evaluation of an intensive insulin protocol for septic patients in a medical intensive care unit.Crit Care Med.2006;34(12):29742978.
  15. Collier B,Diaz J,Forbes R, et al.The impact of a normoglycemic management protocol on clinical outcomes in the trauma intensive care unit.JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr.2005;29(5):353358.
  16. Kanji S,Singh A,Tierney M,Meggison H,McIntyre L,Hebert PC.Standardization of intravenous insulin therapy improves the efficiency and safety of blood glucose control in critically ill adults.Intensive Care Med.2004;30(5):804810.
  17. Bland DK,Fankhanel Y,Langford E, et al.Intensive versus modified conventional control of blood glucose level in medical intensive care patients: a pilot study.Am J Crit Care.2005;14(5):370376.
References
  1. van den Berghe G,Wouters P,Weekers F, et al.Intensive insulin therapy in the surgical intensive care unit.N Engl J Med.2001;345(19):13591367.
  2. Krinsley JS.Effect of an intensive glucose management protocol on the mortality of critically ill adult patients.Mayo Clin Proc.2004;79(8):9921000.
  3. Laver S,Preston S,Turner D,McKinstry C,Padkin A.Implementing intensive insulin therapy: development and audit of the Bath insulin protocol.Anaesth Intensive Care.2004;32(3):311316.
  4. Lien LF,Spratt SE,Woods Z,Osborne KK,Feinglos MN.Optimizing hospital use of intravenous insulin therapy: improved management of hyperglycemia and error reduction with a new nomogram.Endocr Pract.2005;11(4):240253.
  5. Taylor BE,Schallom ME,Sona CS, et al.Efficacy and safety of an insulin infusion protocol in a surgical ICU.J Am Coll Surg.2006;202(1):19.
  6. Goldberg PA,Siegel MD,Sherwin RS, et al.Implementation of a safe and effective insulin infusion protocol in a medical intensive care unit.Diabetes Care.2004;27(2):461467.
  7. DeSantis AJ,Schmeltz LR,Schmidt K, et al.Inpatient management of hyperglycemia: the Northwestern experience.Endocr Pract.2006;12(5):491505.
  8. Rea RS,Donihi AC,Bobeck M, et al.Implementing an intravenous insulin infusion protocol in the intensive care unit.Am J Health Syst Pharm.2007;64(4):385395.
  9. Quinn JA,Snyder SL,Berghoff JL,Colombo CS,Jacobi J.A practical approach to hyperglycemia management in the intensive care unit: evaluation of an intensive insulin infusion protocol.Pharmacotherapy.2006;26(10):14101420.
  10. Van den Berghe G,Wilmer A,Hermans G, et al.Intensive insulin therapy in the medical ICU.N Engl J Med.2006;354(5):449461.
  11. Brunkhorst FM,Engel C,Bloos F, et al.Intensive insulin therapy and pentastarch resuscitation in severe sepsis.N Engl J Med.2008;358(2):125139.
  12. Aragon D.Evaluation of nursing work effort and perceptions about blood glucose testing in tight glycemic control.Am J Crit Care.2006;15(4):370377.
  13. Oeyen SG,Hoste EA,Roosens CD,Decruyenaere JM,Blot SI.Adherence to and efficacy and safety of an insulin protocol in the critically ill: a prospective observational study.Am J Crit Care.2007;16(6):599608.
  14. Clayton SB,Mazur JE,Condren S,Hermayer KL,Strange C.Evaluation of an intensive insulin protocol for septic patients in a medical intensive care unit.Crit Care Med.2006;34(12):29742978.
  15. Collier B,Diaz J,Forbes R, et al.The impact of a normoglycemic management protocol on clinical outcomes in the trauma intensive care unit.JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr.2005;29(5):353358.
  16. Kanji S,Singh A,Tierney M,Meggison H,McIntyre L,Hebert PC.Standardization of intravenous insulin therapy improves the efficiency and safety of blood glucose control in critically ill adults.Intensive Care Med.2004;30(5):804810.
  17. Bland DK,Fankhanel Y,Langford E, et al.Intensive versus modified conventional control of blood glucose level in medical intensive care patients: a pilot study.Am J Crit Care.2005;14(5):370376.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
E5-E7
Page Number
E5-E7
Article Type
Display Headline
Delay in blood glucose monitoring during an insulin infusion protocol is associated with increased risk of hypoglycemia in intensive care units
Display Headline
Delay in blood glucose monitoring during an insulin infusion protocol is associated with increased risk of hypoglycemia in intensive care units
Legacy Keywords
hypoglycemia, ICU, insulin infusion
Legacy Keywords
hypoglycemia, ICU, insulin infusion
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2009 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Division of Endocrinology, Diabetes and Hypertension, Brigham and Women's Hospital, 221 Longwood Ave, Boston, MA 02115
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

Approach to Peripheral Neuropathies

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Peripheral neuropathies: A practical approach for the hospitalist

Early diagnosis of peripheral neuropathies can lead to life‐saving or limb‐saving intervention. While infrequently a cause for concern in the hospital setting, peripheral neuropathies are commonoccurring in up to 10% of the general population.1 The hospitalist needs to expeditiously identify acute and life‐threatening or limb‐threatening causes among an immense set of differentials. Fortunately, with an informed and careful approach, most neuropathies in need of urgent intervention can be readily identified. A thorough history and examination, with the addition of electrodiagnostic testing, comprise the mainstays of this process. Inpatient neurology consultation should be sought for any rapidly progressing or acute onset neuropathy. The aim of this review is to equip the general hospitalist with a solid framework for efficiently evaluating peripheral neuropathies in urgent cases.

Literature Review

Search Strategy

A PubMed search was conducted using the title word peripheral, the medical subject heading major topic peripheral nervous system diseases/diagnosis, and algorithm or diagnosis, differential or diagnostic techniques, neurological or neurologic examination or evaluation or evaluating. The search was limited to English language review articles published between January 2002 and November 2007. Articles were included in this review if they provided an overview of an approach to the diagnosis of peripheral neuropathies. References listed in these articles were cross‐checked and additional articles meeting these criteria were included. Articles specific to subtypes of neuropathies or diagnostic tools were excluded.

Search Results

No single guideline or algorithm has been widely endorsed for the approach to diagnosing peripheral neuropathies. Several are suggested in the literature, but none are directed at the hospitalist. In general, acute and multifocal neuropathies are characterized as neurologic emergencies requiring immediate evaluation.2, 3

Several articles underscore the importance of pattern recognition in diagnosing peripheral neuropathies.2, 4, 5 Many articles present essential questions in evaluating peripheral neuropathy; some suggest an ordered approach.13, 511 The nature of these questions and recommended order of inquiry varies among authors (Table 1). Three essentials common to all articles include: 1) noting the onset of symptoms; 2) determining the distribution of nerve involvement; and 3) identifying the pathology as axonal, demyelinating, or mixed. All articles underscore the importance of the physical examination in determining and confirming distribution and nerve type. A thorough examination evaluating for systemic signs of etiologic possibilities is strongly recommended. Electrodiagnostic testing provides confirmation of the distribution of nerve involvement and further characterizes a neuropathy as demyelinating, axonal, or mixed.

Summary of Approaches to Diagnostic Evaluation
Article (Publication Year) Essentials of Recommended Approach
Lunn3 (2007) Details 6 essential questions in the history, highlighting: 1. Temporal evolution; 2. Autonomic involvement; 3. Nerve involvement (sensory/motor); 4. Cranial nerve involvement; 5. Family history; and 6. Coexistent disease
Examination should confirm findings expected from history
Acute and multifocal neuropathies merit urgent evaluation
Electrodiagnostic testing and neurology consultation should ensue if no diagnosis identified from above
Burns et al.6 (2006) Focuses on evaluation of polyneuropathy
Poses 4 questions: 1. Nerve involvement (sensory/motor); 2. Distribution; 3. Onset; 4. Associated factors (family history, exposures, associated systemic symptoms)
Recommends electrodiagnostic testing
Laboratory testing as indicated
Scott and Kothari5 (2005) Highlights importance of pattern recognition in the history and on examination
Ordered approach: 1. Localize site of neuropathic lesion, 2. Perform electrodiagnostic testing to determine pathology
Bromberg1 (2005) Proposes 7 layers to consider in investigation: 1. Localizing to peripheral nervous system; 2. Distribution; 3. Onset; 4. Nerve involvement (sensory/motor); 5. Pathology (axonal/demyelinating); 6. Other associated features; and 7. Epidemiologic features
Kelly4 (2004) Highlights pattern recognition and features distribution, onset, and pathology in developing the differential diagnosis
Younger10 (2004) Several key elements, including: timing, nerve involvement (sensory/motor/autonomic), distribution, and pathology (axonal/demyelinating)
England and Asbury7 (2004) Details to determine: 1. Distribution; 2. Pathology (axonal/demyelinating); and 3. Timing
Smith and Bromberg9 (2003) Suggest an algorithm: 1. Confirm the localization (history, examination and electrodiagnostic testing); 2. Identify atypical patterns; and 3. Recognize prototypic neuropathy and perform focused laboratory testing
Bromberg and Smith11 (2002) 4 basic steps: 1. Nerve involvement (sensory/motor); 2. Distribution; 3. Timing; and 4. Pathology (axonal/demyelinating)
Hughes2 (2002) Pattern recognition
Suggests staged investigation: 1. Basic laboratory tests; 2. Electrodiagnostic testing and further laboratory tests; and 3. Additional laboratory tests, imaging, and specialized testing
Pourmand8 (2002) Offers 7 key questions/steps highlighting: 1. Onset; 2. Course; 3. Distribution; 4. Nerve involvement (sensory/motor); 5. Nerve fiber type (large/small); 6. Autonomic involvement; and 7. Pathology (axonal/demyelinating)

A General Approach for the Hospitalist

Pattern recognition and employing the essentials outlined above are key tools in the hospitalist's evaluation of peripheral neuropathy. Pattern recognition relies on a familiarity with the more common acute and severe neuropathies. For circumstances in which the diagnosis is not immediately recognizable, a systematic approach expedites evaluation. Figure 1 presents an algorithm for evaluating peripheral neuropathies in the acutely ill patient.

Figure 1
A practical approach to evaluating symptoms of peripheral neuropathy for the hospitalist.

Pattern Recognition

In general, most acute or subacute and rapidly progressive neuropathies merit urgent neurology consultation. Patterns to be aware of in the acutely ill patient include Guillan‐Barr syndrome, vasculitis, ischemia, toxins, medication exposures, paraneoplastic syndromes, acute intermittent porphyria, diphtheria, and critical illness neuropathy. Any neuropathy presenting with associated respiratory symptoms or signs, such as shortness of breath, rapid shallow breathing, or hypoxia or hypercarbia, should also trigger urgent neurology consultation. As timely diagnosis of concerning entities relies heavily on pattern recognition, the typical presentation of more common etiologies and clues to their diagnosis are reviewed in Table 2.

Typical Presentations of Acute and Concerning Peripheral Neuropathies
Etiology Typical Presentation Onset Distribution Electrodiagnostic Findings
  • Abbreviations: AIDP, acute inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy; GBS, Guillan‐Barr syndrome; GI, gastrointestinal; URI, upper respiratory infection.

Traumatic neuropathy Weakness and numbness in a limb following injury Sudden Asymmetric Axonal
Guillan‐Barr syndrome Acute inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy is most common but several variants exist; often follows URI or GI illness by 1‐3 weeks Days to weeks Ascending, symmetric Usually demyelinating, largely motor
Diphtheria Tonsillopharyngeal pseudomembrane Days to weeks Bulbar, descending, symmetric Mostly demyelinating
Vasculitis Waxing and waning, painful Days to weeks Asymmetric Axonal
Acute intermittent porphyria Can be associated with seizures/encephalopathy, abdominal pain Days to weeks Ascending, symmetric Axonal, largely motor
Ischemic neuropathy May follow vascular procedure by days to months; can be associated with poor peripheral pulses Days to weeks Asymmetric Axonal
Toxins/drugs Temporal association with offending agent: heavy metals: arsenic, lead, thallium; biologic toxins: ciguatera and shellfish poisoning. Medications: chemotherapies (ie, vincristine), colchicine, statins, nitrofurantoin, chloroquine Days to months Symmetric Axonal
Critical illness neuropathy Quadriparesis in the setting of sepsis/corticosteroids/neuromuscular blockade Weeks Symmetric Axonal, largely motor
Paraneoplastic Sensory ataxia most common; symptoms may precede cancer diagnosis; frequently associated tumors: small cell carcinoma of the lung; breast, ovarian, stomach cancers Weeks Symmetric Axonal, largely sensory
Proximal diabetic neuropathy Also known as diabetic lumbosacral plexopathy or Bruns‐Garland; leg pain followed by weakness/wasting Weeks to months Asymmetric Axonal, largely motor

For example, neuropathy from acute intermittent porphyria classically presents with pain in the back and limbs and progressive limb weakness (often more pronounced in the upper extremities). Respiratory failure may follow. A key to this history is that symptoms frequently follow within days of the colicky abdominal pain and encephalopathy of an attack. Additionally, attacks typically follow a precipitating event or drug exposure. These patients do not have the skin changes seen in other forms of porphyria. Treatment of this condition requires recognition and removal of any offending drug, correction of associated metabolic abnormalities, and the administration of hematin.12

Another, though rare, diagnosis that relies on pattern recognition is Bruns‐Garland syndrome (also known as proximal diabetic neuropathy). This condition is usually self‐limited, yet patients can be referred for unnecessary spinal surgery due to the severity of its symptoms. The clinical triad of severe thigh pain, absent knee jerk, and weakness in the lumbar vertebrae L3‐L4 distribution in a patient with diabetes should raise concern for this syndrome. The contralateral lower extremity can become involved in the following weeks. This syndrome is typified by a combination of injuries to the nerve root, the lumbar plexus, and the peripheral nerve. Electrodiagnostic testing confirms the syndrome, thus avoiding an unwarranted surgery.13

A Systematic Evaluation

When the etiology is not immediately evident, the essential questions identified in the review above are useful, and can be simplified for the hospitalist. First, understand the onset and timing of symptoms. Second, localize the symptoms to and within the peripheral nervous system (including classifying the distribution of nerve involvement). For acute, rapidly progressing or multifocal neuropathies urgent inpatient electrodiagnostic testing and neurology consultation should be obtained. Further testing, including laboratory testing, should be directed by these first steps.

Step 1

Delineating onset, timing and progression is of tremendous utility in establishing the diagnosis. Abrupt onset is typical of trauma, compression, thermal injury, and ischemia (due to vasculitis or other circulatory compromise). Guillan‐Barr syndrome, porphyria, critical illness neuropathy, and diphtheria can also present acutely with profound weakness. Neuropathies developing suddenly or over days to weeks merit urgent inpatient evaluation. Metabolic, paraneoplastic, and toxic causes tend to present with progressive symptoms over weeks to months. Chronic, insidious onset is most characteristic of hereditary neuropathies and some metabolic diseases such as diabetes mellitus. Evaluation of chronic neuropathies can be deferred to the outpatient setting.

Nonneuropathy causes of acute generalized weakness to consider in the differential diagnosis include: 1) muscle disorders such as periodic paralyses, metabolic defects, and myopathies (including acute viral and Lyme disease); 2) disorders of the neuromuscular junction such as myasthenia gravis, Eaton‐Lambert syndrome, organophosphate poisoning, and botulism; 3) central nervous system disorders such as brainstem ischemia, global ischemia, or multiple sclerosis; and 4) electrolyte disturbances such as hyperkalemia or hypercalcemia.14

Step 2

It is important to localize symptoms to the peripheral nervous system. Cortical lesions are unlikely to cause focal or positive sensory symptoms (ie, pain), and more frequently involve the face or upper and lower unilateral limb (ie, in the case of a stroke). Hyperreflexia can accompany cortical lesions. Conversely, peripheral nerve lesions often localize to a discrete region of a single limb or involve the contralateral limb in a symmetric fashion (ie, a stocking‐glove distribution or the ascending symmetric pattern seen in Guillan‐Barr syndrome).

With a thorough history and neurological examination the clinician can localize and classify the neuropathic lesion. Noting a motor or sensory predominance can narrow the diagnosis; for example, motor predominance is seen in Guillan‐Barr syndrome, critical illness neuropathy, and acute intermittent porphyria. Associated symptoms and signs discovered in a thorough review and physical examination of all systems can indicate the specific diagnosis. For example, a careful skin examination may find signs of vasculitis or Mees' lines (transverse white lines across the nails that can indicate heavy metal poisoning).12 Helpful tips for this evaluation are included in Table 3.

Keys and Clues to Localizing Acute Neuropathic Lesions
History Examination
  • Abbreviations: GBS, Guillian‐Barr syndrome; GI, gastrointestinal.

Ask the patient to outline the region involved General findings
Dermatome radiculopathy Screening for malignancy
Stocking‐glove polyneuropathy Evaluate for vascular sufficiency
Single peripheral nerve mononeuropathy Pes cavus suggests inherited disease
Asymmetry vasculitic neuropathy or other mononeuropathy multiplex Skin exam for signs of vasculitis, Mees' lines
Associated symptoms Neurologic findings: For each of the following, noting the distribution of abnormality will help classify the neuropathic lesion
Constitutional neoplasm Decreased sensation (often the earliest sign)
Recent respiratory or GI illness GBS Weakness without atrophy indicates recent axonal neuropathy or isolated demyelinating disease
Respiratory difficulties GBS Marked atrophy indicates severe axonal damage
Autonomic symptoms GBS, porphyria Decreased reflexes often present (except when only small sensory fibers are involved)
Colicky abdominal pain, encephalopathy
Porphyria

The hospitalist should be able to classify the distribution as a mononeuropathy (involving a single nerve), a polyneuropathy (symmetric involvement of multiple nerves), or a mononeuropathy multiplex (asymmetric involvement of multiple nerves). Multifocal and proximal symmetric neuropathies commonly merit urgent evaluation.

The most devastating polyneuropathy is Guillan‐Barr syndrome, which can be fatal but is often reversible with early plasmapheresis. Vasculitis is another potentially treatable diagnosis that is critical to establish early; it most often presents as a mononeuropathy multiplex. Ischemic and traumatic mononeuropathies may be overshadowed by other illnesses and injuries, but finding these early can result in dramatically improved patient outcomes.

Step 3

Inpatient electrodiagnostic testing and neurology consultation should be ordered for any neuropathy with rapid onset, progression or severe symptoms or any neuropathy following one of the patterns described above. Electrodiagnostic testing characterizes the pathologic cause of the neuropathy as axonal, demyelinating, or mixed. It also assesses severity, chronicity, location, and symmetry of the neuropathy.15 It is imperative to have localized the neuropathy by history and examination prior to electrodiagnostic evaluation to ensure that the involved nerves are tested.

Step 4

Focused, further testing may be ordered more efficiently subsequent to the above data collection. Directed laboratory examination should be performed when indicated rather than cast as an initial broad diagnostic net. Ultrasound, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), computed tomographypositron emission tomography (CT‐PET), and nerve biopsy are diagnostic modalities available to the clinician. In general, nerve biopsy should be reserved for suspected vasculitis, sarcoidosis, lymphoma, leprosy, or amyloidosis.

In summary, symptoms and signs of multifocal or proximal nerve involvement, acute onset, or rapid progression demand immediate diagnostic attention. Pattern recognition and a systematic approach expedite the diagnostic process, focusing necessary testing and decreasing overall cost. Focused steps in a systematic approach include: (1) delineating timing and onset of symptoms; (2) localizing and classifying the neuropathy; (3) obtaining electrodiagnostic testing and neurology consultation; and (4) further testing as directed by the preceding steps. Early diagnosis of acute peripheral neuropathies can lead to life‐saving or limb‐saving therapy.

References
  1. Bromberg MB.An approach to the evaluation of peripheral neuropathies.Semin Neurol.2005;25:153159.
  2. Hughes RA.Peripheral neuropathy.BMJ.2002;324:466469.
  3. Lunn MP.Pinpointing peripheral neuropathies.Practitioner.2007;251:6768,7174,67 passim.
  4. Kelly JJ.The evaluation of peripheral neuropathy. Part I: Clinical and laboratory evidence.Rev Neurol Dis.2004;1:133140.
  5. Scott K,Kothari MJ.Evaluating the patient with peripheral nervous system complaints.J Am Osteopath Assoc.2005;105:7183.
  6. Burns JM,Mauermann ML,Burns TM.An easy approach to evaluating peripheral neuropathy.J Fam Pract.2006;55:853861.
  7. England JD,Asbury AK.Peripheral neuropathy.Lancet.2004;363:21512161.
  8. Pourmand R.Evaluating patients with suspected peripheral neuropathy: do the right thing, not everything.Muscle Nerve.2002;26:288290.
  9. Smith AG,Bromberg MB.A rational diagnostic approach to peripheral neuropathy.J Clin Neuromuscul Dis.2003;4:190198.
  10. Younger DS.Peripheral nerve disorders.Prim Care.2004;31:6783.
  11. Bromberg MB,Smith AG.Toward an efficient method to evaluate peripheral neuropathies.J Clin Neuromuscul Dis.2002;3:172182.
  12. Pascuzzi RM.Peripheral neuropathies in clinical practice.Med Clin North Am.2003;87:697724.
  13. Kelly JJ.The evaluation of peripheral neuropathy. Part II: Identifying common clinical syndromes.Rev Neurol Dis.2004;1:190201.
  14. Barnabe C.Acute generalized weakness due to thyrotoxic periodic paralysis.CMAJ.2005;172:471472.
  15. Chemali KR,Tsao B.Electrodiagnostic testing of nerves and muscles: when, why, and how to order.Cleve Clin J Med.2005;72:3748.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
371-374
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Early diagnosis of peripheral neuropathies can lead to life‐saving or limb‐saving intervention. While infrequently a cause for concern in the hospital setting, peripheral neuropathies are commonoccurring in up to 10% of the general population.1 The hospitalist needs to expeditiously identify acute and life‐threatening or limb‐threatening causes among an immense set of differentials. Fortunately, with an informed and careful approach, most neuropathies in need of urgent intervention can be readily identified. A thorough history and examination, with the addition of electrodiagnostic testing, comprise the mainstays of this process. Inpatient neurology consultation should be sought for any rapidly progressing or acute onset neuropathy. The aim of this review is to equip the general hospitalist with a solid framework for efficiently evaluating peripheral neuropathies in urgent cases.

Literature Review

Search Strategy

A PubMed search was conducted using the title word peripheral, the medical subject heading major topic peripheral nervous system diseases/diagnosis, and algorithm or diagnosis, differential or diagnostic techniques, neurological or neurologic examination or evaluation or evaluating. The search was limited to English language review articles published between January 2002 and November 2007. Articles were included in this review if they provided an overview of an approach to the diagnosis of peripheral neuropathies. References listed in these articles were cross‐checked and additional articles meeting these criteria were included. Articles specific to subtypes of neuropathies or diagnostic tools were excluded.

Search Results

No single guideline or algorithm has been widely endorsed for the approach to diagnosing peripheral neuropathies. Several are suggested in the literature, but none are directed at the hospitalist. In general, acute and multifocal neuropathies are characterized as neurologic emergencies requiring immediate evaluation.2, 3

Several articles underscore the importance of pattern recognition in diagnosing peripheral neuropathies.2, 4, 5 Many articles present essential questions in evaluating peripheral neuropathy; some suggest an ordered approach.13, 511 The nature of these questions and recommended order of inquiry varies among authors (Table 1). Three essentials common to all articles include: 1) noting the onset of symptoms; 2) determining the distribution of nerve involvement; and 3) identifying the pathology as axonal, demyelinating, or mixed. All articles underscore the importance of the physical examination in determining and confirming distribution and nerve type. A thorough examination evaluating for systemic signs of etiologic possibilities is strongly recommended. Electrodiagnostic testing provides confirmation of the distribution of nerve involvement and further characterizes a neuropathy as demyelinating, axonal, or mixed.

Summary of Approaches to Diagnostic Evaluation
Article (Publication Year) Essentials of Recommended Approach
Lunn3 (2007) Details 6 essential questions in the history, highlighting: 1. Temporal evolution; 2. Autonomic involvement; 3. Nerve involvement (sensory/motor); 4. Cranial nerve involvement; 5. Family history; and 6. Coexistent disease
Examination should confirm findings expected from history
Acute and multifocal neuropathies merit urgent evaluation
Electrodiagnostic testing and neurology consultation should ensue if no diagnosis identified from above
Burns et al.6 (2006) Focuses on evaluation of polyneuropathy
Poses 4 questions: 1. Nerve involvement (sensory/motor); 2. Distribution; 3. Onset; 4. Associated factors (family history, exposures, associated systemic symptoms)
Recommends electrodiagnostic testing
Laboratory testing as indicated
Scott and Kothari5 (2005) Highlights importance of pattern recognition in the history and on examination
Ordered approach: 1. Localize site of neuropathic lesion, 2. Perform electrodiagnostic testing to determine pathology
Bromberg1 (2005) Proposes 7 layers to consider in investigation: 1. Localizing to peripheral nervous system; 2. Distribution; 3. Onset; 4. Nerve involvement (sensory/motor); 5. Pathology (axonal/demyelinating); 6. Other associated features; and 7. Epidemiologic features
Kelly4 (2004) Highlights pattern recognition and features distribution, onset, and pathology in developing the differential diagnosis
Younger10 (2004) Several key elements, including: timing, nerve involvement (sensory/motor/autonomic), distribution, and pathology (axonal/demyelinating)
England and Asbury7 (2004) Details to determine: 1. Distribution; 2. Pathology (axonal/demyelinating); and 3. Timing
Smith and Bromberg9 (2003) Suggest an algorithm: 1. Confirm the localization (history, examination and electrodiagnostic testing); 2. Identify atypical patterns; and 3. Recognize prototypic neuropathy and perform focused laboratory testing
Bromberg and Smith11 (2002) 4 basic steps: 1. Nerve involvement (sensory/motor); 2. Distribution; 3. Timing; and 4. Pathology (axonal/demyelinating)
Hughes2 (2002) Pattern recognition
Suggests staged investigation: 1. Basic laboratory tests; 2. Electrodiagnostic testing and further laboratory tests; and 3. Additional laboratory tests, imaging, and specialized testing
Pourmand8 (2002) Offers 7 key questions/steps highlighting: 1. Onset; 2. Course; 3. Distribution; 4. Nerve involvement (sensory/motor); 5. Nerve fiber type (large/small); 6. Autonomic involvement; and 7. Pathology (axonal/demyelinating)

A General Approach for the Hospitalist

Pattern recognition and employing the essentials outlined above are key tools in the hospitalist's evaluation of peripheral neuropathy. Pattern recognition relies on a familiarity with the more common acute and severe neuropathies. For circumstances in which the diagnosis is not immediately recognizable, a systematic approach expedites evaluation. Figure 1 presents an algorithm for evaluating peripheral neuropathies in the acutely ill patient.

Figure 1
A practical approach to evaluating symptoms of peripheral neuropathy for the hospitalist.

Pattern Recognition

In general, most acute or subacute and rapidly progressive neuropathies merit urgent neurology consultation. Patterns to be aware of in the acutely ill patient include Guillan‐Barr syndrome, vasculitis, ischemia, toxins, medication exposures, paraneoplastic syndromes, acute intermittent porphyria, diphtheria, and critical illness neuropathy. Any neuropathy presenting with associated respiratory symptoms or signs, such as shortness of breath, rapid shallow breathing, or hypoxia or hypercarbia, should also trigger urgent neurology consultation. As timely diagnosis of concerning entities relies heavily on pattern recognition, the typical presentation of more common etiologies and clues to their diagnosis are reviewed in Table 2.

Typical Presentations of Acute and Concerning Peripheral Neuropathies
Etiology Typical Presentation Onset Distribution Electrodiagnostic Findings
  • Abbreviations: AIDP, acute inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy; GBS, Guillan‐Barr syndrome; GI, gastrointestinal; URI, upper respiratory infection.

Traumatic neuropathy Weakness and numbness in a limb following injury Sudden Asymmetric Axonal
Guillan‐Barr syndrome Acute inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy is most common but several variants exist; often follows URI or GI illness by 1‐3 weeks Days to weeks Ascending, symmetric Usually demyelinating, largely motor
Diphtheria Tonsillopharyngeal pseudomembrane Days to weeks Bulbar, descending, symmetric Mostly demyelinating
Vasculitis Waxing and waning, painful Days to weeks Asymmetric Axonal
Acute intermittent porphyria Can be associated with seizures/encephalopathy, abdominal pain Days to weeks Ascending, symmetric Axonal, largely motor
Ischemic neuropathy May follow vascular procedure by days to months; can be associated with poor peripheral pulses Days to weeks Asymmetric Axonal
Toxins/drugs Temporal association with offending agent: heavy metals: arsenic, lead, thallium; biologic toxins: ciguatera and shellfish poisoning. Medications: chemotherapies (ie, vincristine), colchicine, statins, nitrofurantoin, chloroquine Days to months Symmetric Axonal
Critical illness neuropathy Quadriparesis in the setting of sepsis/corticosteroids/neuromuscular blockade Weeks Symmetric Axonal, largely motor
Paraneoplastic Sensory ataxia most common; symptoms may precede cancer diagnosis; frequently associated tumors: small cell carcinoma of the lung; breast, ovarian, stomach cancers Weeks Symmetric Axonal, largely sensory
Proximal diabetic neuropathy Also known as diabetic lumbosacral plexopathy or Bruns‐Garland; leg pain followed by weakness/wasting Weeks to months Asymmetric Axonal, largely motor

For example, neuropathy from acute intermittent porphyria classically presents with pain in the back and limbs and progressive limb weakness (often more pronounced in the upper extremities). Respiratory failure may follow. A key to this history is that symptoms frequently follow within days of the colicky abdominal pain and encephalopathy of an attack. Additionally, attacks typically follow a precipitating event or drug exposure. These patients do not have the skin changes seen in other forms of porphyria. Treatment of this condition requires recognition and removal of any offending drug, correction of associated metabolic abnormalities, and the administration of hematin.12

Another, though rare, diagnosis that relies on pattern recognition is Bruns‐Garland syndrome (also known as proximal diabetic neuropathy). This condition is usually self‐limited, yet patients can be referred for unnecessary spinal surgery due to the severity of its symptoms. The clinical triad of severe thigh pain, absent knee jerk, and weakness in the lumbar vertebrae L3‐L4 distribution in a patient with diabetes should raise concern for this syndrome. The contralateral lower extremity can become involved in the following weeks. This syndrome is typified by a combination of injuries to the nerve root, the lumbar plexus, and the peripheral nerve. Electrodiagnostic testing confirms the syndrome, thus avoiding an unwarranted surgery.13

A Systematic Evaluation

When the etiology is not immediately evident, the essential questions identified in the review above are useful, and can be simplified for the hospitalist. First, understand the onset and timing of symptoms. Second, localize the symptoms to and within the peripheral nervous system (including classifying the distribution of nerve involvement). For acute, rapidly progressing or multifocal neuropathies urgent inpatient electrodiagnostic testing and neurology consultation should be obtained. Further testing, including laboratory testing, should be directed by these first steps.

Step 1

Delineating onset, timing and progression is of tremendous utility in establishing the diagnosis. Abrupt onset is typical of trauma, compression, thermal injury, and ischemia (due to vasculitis or other circulatory compromise). Guillan‐Barr syndrome, porphyria, critical illness neuropathy, and diphtheria can also present acutely with profound weakness. Neuropathies developing suddenly or over days to weeks merit urgent inpatient evaluation. Metabolic, paraneoplastic, and toxic causes tend to present with progressive symptoms over weeks to months. Chronic, insidious onset is most characteristic of hereditary neuropathies and some metabolic diseases such as diabetes mellitus. Evaluation of chronic neuropathies can be deferred to the outpatient setting.

Nonneuropathy causes of acute generalized weakness to consider in the differential diagnosis include: 1) muscle disorders such as periodic paralyses, metabolic defects, and myopathies (including acute viral and Lyme disease); 2) disorders of the neuromuscular junction such as myasthenia gravis, Eaton‐Lambert syndrome, organophosphate poisoning, and botulism; 3) central nervous system disorders such as brainstem ischemia, global ischemia, or multiple sclerosis; and 4) electrolyte disturbances such as hyperkalemia or hypercalcemia.14

Step 2

It is important to localize symptoms to the peripheral nervous system. Cortical lesions are unlikely to cause focal or positive sensory symptoms (ie, pain), and more frequently involve the face or upper and lower unilateral limb (ie, in the case of a stroke). Hyperreflexia can accompany cortical lesions. Conversely, peripheral nerve lesions often localize to a discrete region of a single limb or involve the contralateral limb in a symmetric fashion (ie, a stocking‐glove distribution or the ascending symmetric pattern seen in Guillan‐Barr syndrome).

With a thorough history and neurological examination the clinician can localize and classify the neuropathic lesion. Noting a motor or sensory predominance can narrow the diagnosis; for example, motor predominance is seen in Guillan‐Barr syndrome, critical illness neuropathy, and acute intermittent porphyria. Associated symptoms and signs discovered in a thorough review and physical examination of all systems can indicate the specific diagnosis. For example, a careful skin examination may find signs of vasculitis or Mees' lines (transverse white lines across the nails that can indicate heavy metal poisoning).12 Helpful tips for this evaluation are included in Table 3.

Keys and Clues to Localizing Acute Neuropathic Lesions
History Examination
  • Abbreviations: GBS, Guillian‐Barr syndrome; GI, gastrointestinal.

Ask the patient to outline the region involved General findings
Dermatome radiculopathy Screening for malignancy
Stocking‐glove polyneuropathy Evaluate for vascular sufficiency
Single peripheral nerve mononeuropathy Pes cavus suggests inherited disease
Asymmetry vasculitic neuropathy or other mononeuropathy multiplex Skin exam for signs of vasculitis, Mees' lines
Associated symptoms Neurologic findings: For each of the following, noting the distribution of abnormality will help classify the neuropathic lesion
Constitutional neoplasm Decreased sensation (often the earliest sign)
Recent respiratory or GI illness GBS Weakness without atrophy indicates recent axonal neuropathy or isolated demyelinating disease
Respiratory difficulties GBS Marked atrophy indicates severe axonal damage
Autonomic symptoms GBS, porphyria Decreased reflexes often present (except when only small sensory fibers are involved)
Colicky abdominal pain, encephalopathy
Porphyria

The hospitalist should be able to classify the distribution as a mononeuropathy (involving a single nerve), a polyneuropathy (symmetric involvement of multiple nerves), or a mononeuropathy multiplex (asymmetric involvement of multiple nerves). Multifocal and proximal symmetric neuropathies commonly merit urgent evaluation.

The most devastating polyneuropathy is Guillan‐Barr syndrome, which can be fatal but is often reversible with early plasmapheresis. Vasculitis is another potentially treatable diagnosis that is critical to establish early; it most often presents as a mononeuropathy multiplex. Ischemic and traumatic mononeuropathies may be overshadowed by other illnesses and injuries, but finding these early can result in dramatically improved patient outcomes.

Step 3

Inpatient electrodiagnostic testing and neurology consultation should be ordered for any neuropathy with rapid onset, progression or severe symptoms or any neuropathy following one of the patterns described above. Electrodiagnostic testing characterizes the pathologic cause of the neuropathy as axonal, demyelinating, or mixed. It also assesses severity, chronicity, location, and symmetry of the neuropathy.15 It is imperative to have localized the neuropathy by history and examination prior to electrodiagnostic evaluation to ensure that the involved nerves are tested.

Step 4

Focused, further testing may be ordered more efficiently subsequent to the above data collection. Directed laboratory examination should be performed when indicated rather than cast as an initial broad diagnostic net. Ultrasound, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), computed tomographypositron emission tomography (CT‐PET), and nerve biopsy are diagnostic modalities available to the clinician. In general, nerve biopsy should be reserved for suspected vasculitis, sarcoidosis, lymphoma, leprosy, or amyloidosis.

In summary, symptoms and signs of multifocal or proximal nerve involvement, acute onset, or rapid progression demand immediate diagnostic attention. Pattern recognition and a systematic approach expedite the diagnostic process, focusing necessary testing and decreasing overall cost. Focused steps in a systematic approach include: (1) delineating timing and onset of symptoms; (2) localizing and classifying the neuropathy; (3) obtaining electrodiagnostic testing and neurology consultation; and (4) further testing as directed by the preceding steps. Early diagnosis of acute peripheral neuropathies can lead to life‐saving or limb‐saving therapy.

Early diagnosis of peripheral neuropathies can lead to life‐saving or limb‐saving intervention. While infrequently a cause for concern in the hospital setting, peripheral neuropathies are commonoccurring in up to 10% of the general population.1 The hospitalist needs to expeditiously identify acute and life‐threatening or limb‐threatening causes among an immense set of differentials. Fortunately, with an informed and careful approach, most neuropathies in need of urgent intervention can be readily identified. A thorough history and examination, with the addition of electrodiagnostic testing, comprise the mainstays of this process. Inpatient neurology consultation should be sought for any rapidly progressing or acute onset neuropathy. The aim of this review is to equip the general hospitalist with a solid framework for efficiently evaluating peripheral neuropathies in urgent cases.

Literature Review

Search Strategy

A PubMed search was conducted using the title word peripheral, the medical subject heading major topic peripheral nervous system diseases/diagnosis, and algorithm or diagnosis, differential or diagnostic techniques, neurological or neurologic examination or evaluation or evaluating. The search was limited to English language review articles published between January 2002 and November 2007. Articles were included in this review if they provided an overview of an approach to the diagnosis of peripheral neuropathies. References listed in these articles were cross‐checked and additional articles meeting these criteria were included. Articles specific to subtypes of neuropathies or diagnostic tools were excluded.

Search Results

No single guideline or algorithm has been widely endorsed for the approach to diagnosing peripheral neuropathies. Several are suggested in the literature, but none are directed at the hospitalist. In general, acute and multifocal neuropathies are characterized as neurologic emergencies requiring immediate evaluation.2, 3

Several articles underscore the importance of pattern recognition in diagnosing peripheral neuropathies.2, 4, 5 Many articles present essential questions in evaluating peripheral neuropathy; some suggest an ordered approach.13, 511 The nature of these questions and recommended order of inquiry varies among authors (Table 1). Three essentials common to all articles include: 1) noting the onset of symptoms; 2) determining the distribution of nerve involvement; and 3) identifying the pathology as axonal, demyelinating, or mixed. All articles underscore the importance of the physical examination in determining and confirming distribution and nerve type. A thorough examination evaluating for systemic signs of etiologic possibilities is strongly recommended. Electrodiagnostic testing provides confirmation of the distribution of nerve involvement and further characterizes a neuropathy as demyelinating, axonal, or mixed.

Summary of Approaches to Diagnostic Evaluation
Article (Publication Year) Essentials of Recommended Approach
Lunn3 (2007) Details 6 essential questions in the history, highlighting: 1. Temporal evolution; 2. Autonomic involvement; 3. Nerve involvement (sensory/motor); 4. Cranial nerve involvement; 5. Family history; and 6. Coexistent disease
Examination should confirm findings expected from history
Acute and multifocal neuropathies merit urgent evaluation
Electrodiagnostic testing and neurology consultation should ensue if no diagnosis identified from above
Burns et al.6 (2006) Focuses on evaluation of polyneuropathy
Poses 4 questions: 1. Nerve involvement (sensory/motor); 2. Distribution; 3. Onset; 4. Associated factors (family history, exposures, associated systemic symptoms)
Recommends electrodiagnostic testing
Laboratory testing as indicated
Scott and Kothari5 (2005) Highlights importance of pattern recognition in the history and on examination
Ordered approach: 1. Localize site of neuropathic lesion, 2. Perform electrodiagnostic testing to determine pathology
Bromberg1 (2005) Proposes 7 layers to consider in investigation: 1. Localizing to peripheral nervous system; 2. Distribution; 3. Onset; 4. Nerve involvement (sensory/motor); 5. Pathology (axonal/demyelinating); 6. Other associated features; and 7. Epidemiologic features
Kelly4 (2004) Highlights pattern recognition and features distribution, onset, and pathology in developing the differential diagnosis
Younger10 (2004) Several key elements, including: timing, nerve involvement (sensory/motor/autonomic), distribution, and pathology (axonal/demyelinating)
England and Asbury7 (2004) Details to determine: 1. Distribution; 2. Pathology (axonal/demyelinating); and 3. Timing
Smith and Bromberg9 (2003) Suggest an algorithm: 1. Confirm the localization (history, examination and electrodiagnostic testing); 2. Identify atypical patterns; and 3. Recognize prototypic neuropathy and perform focused laboratory testing
Bromberg and Smith11 (2002) 4 basic steps: 1. Nerve involvement (sensory/motor); 2. Distribution; 3. Timing; and 4. Pathology (axonal/demyelinating)
Hughes2 (2002) Pattern recognition
Suggests staged investigation: 1. Basic laboratory tests; 2. Electrodiagnostic testing and further laboratory tests; and 3. Additional laboratory tests, imaging, and specialized testing
Pourmand8 (2002) Offers 7 key questions/steps highlighting: 1. Onset; 2. Course; 3. Distribution; 4. Nerve involvement (sensory/motor); 5. Nerve fiber type (large/small); 6. Autonomic involvement; and 7. Pathology (axonal/demyelinating)

A General Approach for the Hospitalist

Pattern recognition and employing the essentials outlined above are key tools in the hospitalist's evaluation of peripheral neuropathy. Pattern recognition relies on a familiarity with the more common acute and severe neuropathies. For circumstances in which the diagnosis is not immediately recognizable, a systematic approach expedites evaluation. Figure 1 presents an algorithm for evaluating peripheral neuropathies in the acutely ill patient.

Figure 1
A practical approach to evaluating symptoms of peripheral neuropathy for the hospitalist.

Pattern Recognition

In general, most acute or subacute and rapidly progressive neuropathies merit urgent neurology consultation. Patterns to be aware of in the acutely ill patient include Guillan‐Barr syndrome, vasculitis, ischemia, toxins, medication exposures, paraneoplastic syndromes, acute intermittent porphyria, diphtheria, and critical illness neuropathy. Any neuropathy presenting with associated respiratory symptoms or signs, such as shortness of breath, rapid shallow breathing, or hypoxia or hypercarbia, should also trigger urgent neurology consultation. As timely diagnosis of concerning entities relies heavily on pattern recognition, the typical presentation of more common etiologies and clues to their diagnosis are reviewed in Table 2.

Typical Presentations of Acute and Concerning Peripheral Neuropathies
Etiology Typical Presentation Onset Distribution Electrodiagnostic Findings
  • Abbreviations: AIDP, acute inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy; GBS, Guillan‐Barr syndrome; GI, gastrointestinal; URI, upper respiratory infection.

Traumatic neuropathy Weakness and numbness in a limb following injury Sudden Asymmetric Axonal
Guillan‐Barr syndrome Acute inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy is most common but several variants exist; often follows URI or GI illness by 1‐3 weeks Days to weeks Ascending, symmetric Usually demyelinating, largely motor
Diphtheria Tonsillopharyngeal pseudomembrane Days to weeks Bulbar, descending, symmetric Mostly demyelinating
Vasculitis Waxing and waning, painful Days to weeks Asymmetric Axonal
Acute intermittent porphyria Can be associated with seizures/encephalopathy, abdominal pain Days to weeks Ascending, symmetric Axonal, largely motor
Ischemic neuropathy May follow vascular procedure by days to months; can be associated with poor peripheral pulses Days to weeks Asymmetric Axonal
Toxins/drugs Temporal association with offending agent: heavy metals: arsenic, lead, thallium; biologic toxins: ciguatera and shellfish poisoning. Medications: chemotherapies (ie, vincristine), colchicine, statins, nitrofurantoin, chloroquine Days to months Symmetric Axonal
Critical illness neuropathy Quadriparesis in the setting of sepsis/corticosteroids/neuromuscular blockade Weeks Symmetric Axonal, largely motor
Paraneoplastic Sensory ataxia most common; symptoms may precede cancer diagnosis; frequently associated tumors: small cell carcinoma of the lung; breast, ovarian, stomach cancers Weeks Symmetric Axonal, largely sensory
Proximal diabetic neuropathy Also known as diabetic lumbosacral plexopathy or Bruns‐Garland; leg pain followed by weakness/wasting Weeks to months Asymmetric Axonal, largely motor

For example, neuropathy from acute intermittent porphyria classically presents with pain in the back and limbs and progressive limb weakness (often more pronounced in the upper extremities). Respiratory failure may follow. A key to this history is that symptoms frequently follow within days of the colicky abdominal pain and encephalopathy of an attack. Additionally, attacks typically follow a precipitating event or drug exposure. These patients do not have the skin changes seen in other forms of porphyria. Treatment of this condition requires recognition and removal of any offending drug, correction of associated metabolic abnormalities, and the administration of hematin.12

Another, though rare, diagnosis that relies on pattern recognition is Bruns‐Garland syndrome (also known as proximal diabetic neuropathy). This condition is usually self‐limited, yet patients can be referred for unnecessary spinal surgery due to the severity of its symptoms. The clinical triad of severe thigh pain, absent knee jerk, and weakness in the lumbar vertebrae L3‐L4 distribution in a patient with diabetes should raise concern for this syndrome. The contralateral lower extremity can become involved in the following weeks. This syndrome is typified by a combination of injuries to the nerve root, the lumbar plexus, and the peripheral nerve. Electrodiagnostic testing confirms the syndrome, thus avoiding an unwarranted surgery.13

A Systematic Evaluation

When the etiology is not immediately evident, the essential questions identified in the review above are useful, and can be simplified for the hospitalist. First, understand the onset and timing of symptoms. Second, localize the symptoms to and within the peripheral nervous system (including classifying the distribution of nerve involvement). For acute, rapidly progressing or multifocal neuropathies urgent inpatient electrodiagnostic testing and neurology consultation should be obtained. Further testing, including laboratory testing, should be directed by these first steps.

Step 1

Delineating onset, timing and progression is of tremendous utility in establishing the diagnosis. Abrupt onset is typical of trauma, compression, thermal injury, and ischemia (due to vasculitis or other circulatory compromise). Guillan‐Barr syndrome, porphyria, critical illness neuropathy, and diphtheria can also present acutely with profound weakness. Neuropathies developing suddenly or over days to weeks merit urgent inpatient evaluation. Metabolic, paraneoplastic, and toxic causes tend to present with progressive symptoms over weeks to months. Chronic, insidious onset is most characteristic of hereditary neuropathies and some metabolic diseases such as diabetes mellitus. Evaluation of chronic neuropathies can be deferred to the outpatient setting.

Nonneuropathy causes of acute generalized weakness to consider in the differential diagnosis include: 1) muscle disorders such as periodic paralyses, metabolic defects, and myopathies (including acute viral and Lyme disease); 2) disorders of the neuromuscular junction such as myasthenia gravis, Eaton‐Lambert syndrome, organophosphate poisoning, and botulism; 3) central nervous system disorders such as brainstem ischemia, global ischemia, or multiple sclerosis; and 4) electrolyte disturbances such as hyperkalemia or hypercalcemia.14

Step 2

It is important to localize symptoms to the peripheral nervous system. Cortical lesions are unlikely to cause focal or positive sensory symptoms (ie, pain), and more frequently involve the face or upper and lower unilateral limb (ie, in the case of a stroke). Hyperreflexia can accompany cortical lesions. Conversely, peripheral nerve lesions often localize to a discrete region of a single limb or involve the contralateral limb in a symmetric fashion (ie, a stocking‐glove distribution or the ascending symmetric pattern seen in Guillan‐Barr syndrome).

With a thorough history and neurological examination the clinician can localize and classify the neuropathic lesion. Noting a motor or sensory predominance can narrow the diagnosis; for example, motor predominance is seen in Guillan‐Barr syndrome, critical illness neuropathy, and acute intermittent porphyria. Associated symptoms and signs discovered in a thorough review and physical examination of all systems can indicate the specific diagnosis. For example, a careful skin examination may find signs of vasculitis or Mees' lines (transverse white lines across the nails that can indicate heavy metal poisoning).12 Helpful tips for this evaluation are included in Table 3.

Keys and Clues to Localizing Acute Neuropathic Lesions
History Examination
  • Abbreviations: GBS, Guillian‐Barr syndrome; GI, gastrointestinal.

Ask the patient to outline the region involved General findings
Dermatome radiculopathy Screening for malignancy
Stocking‐glove polyneuropathy Evaluate for vascular sufficiency
Single peripheral nerve mononeuropathy Pes cavus suggests inherited disease
Asymmetry vasculitic neuropathy or other mononeuropathy multiplex Skin exam for signs of vasculitis, Mees' lines
Associated symptoms Neurologic findings: For each of the following, noting the distribution of abnormality will help classify the neuropathic lesion
Constitutional neoplasm Decreased sensation (often the earliest sign)
Recent respiratory or GI illness GBS Weakness without atrophy indicates recent axonal neuropathy or isolated demyelinating disease
Respiratory difficulties GBS Marked atrophy indicates severe axonal damage
Autonomic symptoms GBS, porphyria Decreased reflexes often present (except when only small sensory fibers are involved)
Colicky abdominal pain, encephalopathy
Porphyria

The hospitalist should be able to classify the distribution as a mononeuropathy (involving a single nerve), a polyneuropathy (symmetric involvement of multiple nerves), or a mononeuropathy multiplex (asymmetric involvement of multiple nerves). Multifocal and proximal symmetric neuropathies commonly merit urgent evaluation.

The most devastating polyneuropathy is Guillan‐Barr syndrome, which can be fatal but is often reversible with early plasmapheresis. Vasculitis is another potentially treatable diagnosis that is critical to establish early; it most often presents as a mononeuropathy multiplex. Ischemic and traumatic mononeuropathies may be overshadowed by other illnesses and injuries, but finding these early can result in dramatically improved patient outcomes.

Step 3

Inpatient electrodiagnostic testing and neurology consultation should be ordered for any neuropathy with rapid onset, progression or severe symptoms or any neuropathy following one of the patterns described above. Electrodiagnostic testing characterizes the pathologic cause of the neuropathy as axonal, demyelinating, or mixed. It also assesses severity, chronicity, location, and symmetry of the neuropathy.15 It is imperative to have localized the neuropathy by history and examination prior to electrodiagnostic evaluation to ensure that the involved nerves are tested.

Step 4

Focused, further testing may be ordered more efficiently subsequent to the above data collection. Directed laboratory examination should be performed when indicated rather than cast as an initial broad diagnostic net. Ultrasound, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), computed tomographypositron emission tomography (CT‐PET), and nerve biopsy are diagnostic modalities available to the clinician. In general, nerve biopsy should be reserved for suspected vasculitis, sarcoidosis, lymphoma, leprosy, or amyloidosis.

In summary, symptoms and signs of multifocal or proximal nerve involvement, acute onset, or rapid progression demand immediate diagnostic attention. Pattern recognition and a systematic approach expedite the diagnostic process, focusing necessary testing and decreasing overall cost. Focused steps in a systematic approach include: (1) delineating timing and onset of symptoms; (2) localizing and classifying the neuropathy; (3) obtaining electrodiagnostic testing and neurology consultation; and (4) further testing as directed by the preceding steps. Early diagnosis of acute peripheral neuropathies can lead to life‐saving or limb‐saving therapy.

References
  1. Bromberg MB.An approach to the evaluation of peripheral neuropathies.Semin Neurol.2005;25:153159.
  2. Hughes RA.Peripheral neuropathy.BMJ.2002;324:466469.
  3. Lunn MP.Pinpointing peripheral neuropathies.Practitioner.2007;251:6768,7174,67 passim.
  4. Kelly JJ.The evaluation of peripheral neuropathy. Part I: Clinical and laboratory evidence.Rev Neurol Dis.2004;1:133140.
  5. Scott K,Kothari MJ.Evaluating the patient with peripheral nervous system complaints.J Am Osteopath Assoc.2005;105:7183.
  6. Burns JM,Mauermann ML,Burns TM.An easy approach to evaluating peripheral neuropathy.J Fam Pract.2006;55:853861.
  7. England JD,Asbury AK.Peripheral neuropathy.Lancet.2004;363:21512161.
  8. Pourmand R.Evaluating patients with suspected peripheral neuropathy: do the right thing, not everything.Muscle Nerve.2002;26:288290.
  9. Smith AG,Bromberg MB.A rational diagnostic approach to peripheral neuropathy.J Clin Neuromuscul Dis.2003;4:190198.
  10. Younger DS.Peripheral nerve disorders.Prim Care.2004;31:6783.
  11. Bromberg MB,Smith AG.Toward an efficient method to evaluate peripheral neuropathies.J Clin Neuromuscul Dis.2002;3:172182.
  12. Pascuzzi RM.Peripheral neuropathies in clinical practice.Med Clin North Am.2003;87:697724.
  13. Kelly JJ.The evaluation of peripheral neuropathy. Part II: Identifying common clinical syndromes.Rev Neurol Dis.2004;1:190201.
  14. Barnabe C.Acute generalized weakness due to thyrotoxic periodic paralysis.CMAJ.2005;172:471472.
  15. Chemali KR,Tsao B.Electrodiagnostic testing of nerves and muscles: when, why, and how to order.Cleve Clin J Med.2005;72:3748.
References
  1. Bromberg MB.An approach to the evaluation of peripheral neuropathies.Semin Neurol.2005;25:153159.
  2. Hughes RA.Peripheral neuropathy.BMJ.2002;324:466469.
  3. Lunn MP.Pinpointing peripheral neuropathies.Practitioner.2007;251:6768,7174,67 passim.
  4. Kelly JJ.The evaluation of peripheral neuropathy. Part I: Clinical and laboratory evidence.Rev Neurol Dis.2004;1:133140.
  5. Scott K,Kothari MJ.Evaluating the patient with peripheral nervous system complaints.J Am Osteopath Assoc.2005;105:7183.
  6. Burns JM,Mauermann ML,Burns TM.An easy approach to evaluating peripheral neuropathy.J Fam Pract.2006;55:853861.
  7. England JD,Asbury AK.Peripheral neuropathy.Lancet.2004;363:21512161.
  8. Pourmand R.Evaluating patients with suspected peripheral neuropathy: do the right thing, not everything.Muscle Nerve.2002;26:288290.
  9. Smith AG,Bromberg MB.A rational diagnostic approach to peripheral neuropathy.J Clin Neuromuscul Dis.2003;4:190198.
  10. Younger DS.Peripheral nerve disorders.Prim Care.2004;31:6783.
  11. Bromberg MB,Smith AG.Toward an efficient method to evaluate peripheral neuropathies.J Clin Neuromuscul Dis.2002;3:172182.
  12. Pascuzzi RM.Peripheral neuropathies in clinical practice.Med Clin North Am.2003;87:697724.
  13. Kelly JJ.The evaluation of peripheral neuropathy. Part II: Identifying common clinical syndromes.Rev Neurol Dis.2004;1:190201.
  14. Barnabe C.Acute generalized weakness due to thyrotoxic periodic paralysis.CMAJ.2005;172:471472.
  15. Chemali KR,Tsao B.Electrodiagnostic testing of nerves and muscles: when, why, and how to order.Cleve Clin J Med.2005;72:3748.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
371-374
Page Number
371-374
Article Type
Display Headline
Peripheral neuropathies: A practical approach for the hospitalist
Display Headline
Peripheral neuropathies: A practical approach for the hospitalist
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2009 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
General Internal Medicine, Harborview Medical Center, University of Washington Box 359780, 325 9th Ave, Seattle, WA 98104
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

Male with Arthritis and Scaly Skin Rash

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Thirty‐two‐year‐old male with arthritis and a scaly skin rash

A 32‐year‐old male presented to the emergency department complaining of pain and swelling in the right knee and left hand, along with a skin rash on both feet. He denied any fever or recent history of travel. Symptoms started 1 week before presentation. Recent medical history was significant for Chlamydia trachomatis urethritis 10 weeks prior, which had been successfully treated.

Physical examination revealed right knee effusion, dactylitis manifested by both swelling of the digits of the left hand and finger‐tip ulcerations (Figure 1), as well as hyperkeratotic plaques with erythematous bases on the soles of both feet, consistent with keratoderma blenorrhagica (Figure 2). Furthermore, scaly erythematous lesions over the penis and the scrotum were recognized, indicating circinate balanitis (Figure 3).

Figure 1
Dactylitis.
Figure 2
Keratoderma blenorrhagica.
Figure 3
Circinate balanitis.

Laboratory tests including human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) were unremarkable aside from an elevated sedimentation rate and positive human leukocyte antigen (HLA)‐B27.

The patient was diagnosed with reactive arthritis (Reiter's syndrome). A treatment regimen was initiated consisting of nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), prednisone, and sulfasalazine. Close outpatient follow‐up was established. Four months later, the patient remained debilitated by the disease, and etanercept was added resulting in significant improvement.

Reactive arthritis, also known as Reiter's syndrome, is an autoimmune disease that usually develops 2 to 4 weeks after a genitourinary or gastrointestinal infection. The classic triad of arthritis, urethritis, and conjunctivitis does not occur in all patients. Diagnosis is made by medical history and clinical findings. Numerous therapeutic modalities have been used with variable success, including short‐term antibiotics, NSAIDs, systemic corticosteroids, sulfasalazine, methotrexate, cyclosporine, etretinate, and tumor‐necrosis factor (TNF) inhibitors.

Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
390-390
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

A 32‐year‐old male presented to the emergency department complaining of pain and swelling in the right knee and left hand, along with a skin rash on both feet. He denied any fever or recent history of travel. Symptoms started 1 week before presentation. Recent medical history was significant for Chlamydia trachomatis urethritis 10 weeks prior, which had been successfully treated.

Physical examination revealed right knee effusion, dactylitis manifested by both swelling of the digits of the left hand and finger‐tip ulcerations (Figure 1), as well as hyperkeratotic plaques with erythematous bases on the soles of both feet, consistent with keratoderma blenorrhagica (Figure 2). Furthermore, scaly erythematous lesions over the penis and the scrotum were recognized, indicating circinate balanitis (Figure 3).

Figure 1
Dactylitis.
Figure 2
Keratoderma blenorrhagica.
Figure 3
Circinate balanitis.

Laboratory tests including human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) were unremarkable aside from an elevated sedimentation rate and positive human leukocyte antigen (HLA)‐B27.

The patient was diagnosed with reactive arthritis (Reiter's syndrome). A treatment regimen was initiated consisting of nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), prednisone, and sulfasalazine. Close outpatient follow‐up was established. Four months later, the patient remained debilitated by the disease, and etanercept was added resulting in significant improvement.

Reactive arthritis, also known as Reiter's syndrome, is an autoimmune disease that usually develops 2 to 4 weeks after a genitourinary or gastrointestinal infection. The classic triad of arthritis, urethritis, and conjunctivitis does not occur in all patients. Diagnosis is made by medical history and clinical findings. Numerous therapeutic modalities have been used with variable success, including short‐term antibiotics, NSAIDs, systemic corticosteroids, sulfasalazine, methotrexate, cyclosporine, etretinate, and tumor‐necrosis factor (TNF) inhibitors.

A 32‐year‐old male presented to the emergency department complaining of pain and swelling in the right knee and left hand, along with a skin rash on both feet. He denied any fever or recent history of travel. Symptoms started 1 week before presentation. Recent medical history was significant for Chlamydia trachomatis urethritis 10 weeks prior, which had been successfully treated.

Physical examination revealed right knee effusion, dactylitis manifested by both swelling of the digits of the left hand and finger‐tip ulcerations (Figure 1), as well as hyperkeratotic plaques with erythematous bases on the soles of both feet, consistent with keratoderma blenorrhagica (Figure 2). Furthermore, scaly erythematous lesions over the penis and the scrotum were recognized, indicating circinate balanitis (Figure 3).

Figure 1
Dactylitis.
Figure 2
Keratoderma blenorrhagica.
Figure 3
Circinate balanitis.

Laboratory tests including human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) were unremarkable aside from an elevated sedimentation rate and positive human leukocyte antigen (HLA)‐B27.

The patient was diagnosed with reactive arthritis (Reiter's syndrome). A treatment regimen was initiated consisting of nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), prednisone, and sulfasalazine. Close outpatient follow‐up was established. Four months later, the patient remained debilitated by the disease, and etanercept was added resulting in significant improvement.

Reactive arthritis, also known as Reiter's syndrome, is an autoimmune disease that usually develops 2 to 4 weeks after a genitourinary or gastrointestinal infection. The classic triad of arthritis, urethritis, and conjunctivitis does not occur in all patients. Diagnosis is made by medical history and clinical findings. Numerous therapeutic modalities have been used with variable success, including short‐term antibiotics, NSAIDs, systemic corticosteroids, sulfasalazine, methotrexate, cyclosporine, etretinate, and tumor‐necrosis factor (TNF) inhibitors.

Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
390-390
Page Number
390-390
Article Type
Display Headline
Thirty‐two‐year‐old male with arthritis and a scaly skin rash
Display Headline
Thirty‐two‐year‐old male with arthritis and a scaly skin rash
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2009 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
2301 Holmes Street, Kansas City, MO 64108
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

New Initiative: Defibrillator Delays

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
New Initiative: Defibrillator Delays

A new report that hints stress factors like case volume and academic status of a hospital do not explain the wide disparities in defibrillation response times in hospitals has at least one hospitalist convinced HM leaders can help solve the problem.

Traditional hospital pressures do not predict whether patients with cardiac arrest are likely to experience delays in receiving defibrillation, according to a July 27 report in the Archives of Internal Medicine (2009;169(14):1260-1261). Such factors as the number of beds and where the cardiac unit was located were found to have more impact, the study found.

“This is a very simple thing,” says hospitalist Jason Persoff, MD, FHM, assistant professor of medicine at the Mayo Clinic in Jacksonville, Fla. "What are the barriers to shocking the patient? This doesn’t require huge committees. The question is, 'Why isn’t this happening?' … This paper is a call to arms."

According to the study, rates of delayed defibrillation, which were defined as longer than the two-minute standard, ranged from 2.4% to 50.9%. The authors state that standardizing defibrillation times to meet the two-minute standard set by the American Hospital Association could be a quality initiative focus for HM groups.

“Now that we’ve identified the problem, that helps us identify how to move forward,” Dr. Persoff says. “We are in dire need of improving our system when it comes to cardiac care. The hospitalists are in the best position to do that because we are able to work closest with the nurses.”

Jane Kelly-Cummings, RN, CPHQ, SHM's senior director of quality initiatives, agrees there is room for improvement in the survival rate of in-hospital cardiac patients. "In order to make those improvements, hospitals will need to make changes to their cardiac resuscitation processes and procedures," she says. "Hospitalists are integral and central players on cardiac resuscitation teams at a great majority of hospitals with hospital medicine programs. They act as change agents at these and many other facilities."

For more information on HM's role in cardiac resuscitation of hospitalized patients, visit the Emergency Procedures section of the "Core Competencies in Hospital Medicine."a

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(08)
Publications
Sections

A new report that hints stress factors like case volume and academic status of a hospital do not explain the wide disparities in defibrillation response times in hospitals has at least one hospitalist convinced HM leaders can help solve the problem.

Traditional hospital pressures do not predict whether patients with cardiac arrest are likely to experience delays in receiving defibrillation, according to a July 27 report in the Archives of Internal Medicine (2009;169(14):1260-1261). Such factors as the number of beds and where the cardiac unit was located were found to have more impact, the study found.

“This is a very simple thing,” says hospitalist Jason Persoff, MD, FHM, assistant professor of medicine at the Mayo Clinic in Jacksonville, Fla. "What are the barriers to shocking the patient? This doesn’t require huge committees. The question is, 'Why isn’t this happening?' … This paper is a call to arms."

According to the study, rates of delayed defibrillation, which were defined as longer than the two-minute standard, ranged from 2.4% to 50.9%. The authors state that standardizing defibrillation times to meet the two-minute standard set by the American Hospital Association could be a quality initiative focus for HM groups.

“Now that we’ve identified the problem, that helps us identify how to move forward,” Dr. Persoff says. “We are in dire need of improving our system when it comes to cardiac care. The hospitalists are in the best position to do that because we are able to work closest with the nurses.”

Jane Kelly-Cummings, RN, CPHQ, SHM's senior director of quality initiatives, agrees there is room for improvement in the survival rate of in-hospital cardiac patients. "In order to make those improvements, hospitals will need to make changes to their cardiac resuscitation processes and procedures," she says. "Hospitalists are integral and central players on cardiac resuscitation teams at a great majority of hospitals with hospital medicine programs. They act as change agents at these and many other facilities."

For more information on HM's role in cardiac resuscitation of hospitalized patients, visit the Emergency Procedures section of the "Core Competencies in Hospital Medicine."a

A new report that hints stress factors like case volume and academic status of a hospital do not explain the wide disparities in defibrillation response times in hospitals has at least one hospitalist convinced HM leaders can help solve the problem.

Traditional hospital pressures do not predict whether patients with cardiac arrest are likely to experience delays in receiving defibrillation, according to a July 27 report in the Archives of Internal Medicine (2009;169(14):1260-1261). Such factors as the number of beds and where the cardiac unit was located were found to have more impact, the study found.

“This is a very simple thing,” says hospitalist Jason Persoff, MD, FHM, assistant professor of medicine at the Mayo Clinic in Jacksonville, Fla. "What are the barriers to shocking the patient? This doesn’t require huge committees. The question is, 'Why isn’t this happening?' … This paper is a call to arms."

According to the study, rates of delayed defibrillation, which were defined as longer than the two-minute standard, ranged from 2.4% to 50.9%. The authors state that standardizing defibrillation times to meet the two-minute standard set by the American Hospital Association could be a quality initiative focus for HM groups.

“Now that we’ve identified the problem, that helps us identify how to move forward,” Dr. Persoff says. “We are in dire need of improving our system when it comes to cardiac care. The hospitalists are in the best position to do that because we are able to work closest with the nurses.”

Jane Kelly-Cummings, RN, CPHQ, SHM's senior director of quality initiatives, agrees there is room for improvement in the survival rate of in-hospital cardiac patients. "In order to make those improvements, hospitals will need to make changes to their cardiac resuscitation processes and procedures," she says. "Hospitalists are integral and central players on cardiac resuscitation teams at a great majority of hospitals with hospital medicine programs. They act as change agents at these and many other facilities."

For more information on HM's role in cardiac resuscitation of hospitalized patients, visit the Emergency Procedures section of the "Core Competencies in Hospital Medicine."a

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(08)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(08)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
New Initiative: Defibrillator Delays
Display Headline
New Initiative: Defibrillator Delays
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

In the Lit: Research You Need to Know

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
In the Lit: Research You Need to Know

Clinical question: Does tailoring the duration of anticoagulation based on the persistence of residual thrombus following conventional duration therapy reduce rates of recurrent venous thromboembolism (VTE) in adults with proximal deep-venous thrombosis (DVT)?

Background: The optimal duration of oral anticoagulation therapy in adults with proximal DVT remains uncertain. This study was designed to ascertain if tailoring the duration of therapy based on ultrasonographic findings improves outcomes through a reduction in recurrent VTE.

Study design: Parallel, open-label, randomized trial with independent and blinded assessment of study outcomes.

Setting: Nine university and hospital centers in Italy.

Synopsis: Five hundred thirty-eight patients with proximal DVT who completed three months of anticoagulation were randomly assigned to fixed-duration or flexible-duration therapy. Patients in the fixed-duration group with provoked DVT received no further therapy; those with unprovoked DVT received an additional three months of anticoagulation. Patients in the flexible-duration group had no further therapy if ultrasonography demonstrated recanalized veins, and received further therapy (up to nine to 21 months for provoked and unprovoked DVT, respectively) if persistent thrombi were demonstrated. Patients were followed over three years for the primary outcomes of recurrent VTE and major bleeding events.

Significantly fewer recurrent VTE occurred in the ultrasound guided, flexible-duration treatment group (11.9% vs. 17.2%; HR 0.64; 95% CI 0.39 to 0.99). There was no significant difference in major bleeding events between the two groups.

Limitations of this study include the lack of a double-blind design and the relatively small sample size.

Bottom line: Tailoring the duration of anticoagulation in adults with proximal DVT based on ultrasonographic demonstration of residual thrombi reduces rates of recurrent VTE without increasing major bleeding events.

Citation: Prandoni P, Prins MH, Lensing AW, et al. Residual thrombosis on ultrasonography to guide the duration of anticoagulation in patients with deep venous thrombosis: a randomized trial. Ann Intern Med. 2009;150(9):577-585.

Reviewed for TH eWire by Alexander R. Carbo, MD, FHM; Suzanne Bertisch, MD, MPH; Lauren Doctoroff, MD; John Fani Srour, MD; Caleb Hale, MD; Nancy Torres-Finnerty, MD, FHM, Hospital Medicine Program, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(08)
Publications
Sections

Clinical question: Does tailoring the duration of anticoagulation based on the persistence of residual thrombus following conventional duration therapy reduce rates of recurrent venous thromboembolism (VTE) in adults with proximal deep-venous thrombosis (DVT)?

Background: The optimal duration of oral anticoagulation therapy in adults with proximal DVT remains uncertain. This study was designed to ascertain if tailoring the duration of therapy based on ultrasonographic findings improves outcomes through a reduction in recurrent VTE.

Study design: Parallel, open-label, randomized trial with independent and blinded assessment of study outcomes.

Setting: Nine university and hospital centers in Italy.

Synopsis: Five hundred thirty-eight patients with proximal DVT who completed three months of anticoagulation were randomly assigned to fixed-duration or flexible-duration therapy. Patients in the fixed-duration group with provoked DVT received no further therapy; those with unprovoked DVT received an additional three months of anticoagulation. Patients in the flexible-duration group had no further therapy if ultrasonography demonstrated recanalized veins, and received further therapy (up to nine to 21 months for provoked and unprovoked DVT, respectively) if persistent thrombi were demonstrated. Patients were followed over three years for the primary outcomes of recurrent VTE and major bleeding events.

Significantly fewer recurrent VTE occurred in the ultrasound guided, flexible-duration treatment group (11.9% vs. 17.2%; HR 0.64; 95% CI 0.39 to 0.99). There was no significant difference in major bleeding events between the two groups.

Limitations of this study include the lack of a double-blind design and the relatively small sample size.

Bottom line: Tailoring the duration of anticoagulation in adults with proximal DVT based on ultrasonographic demonstration of residual thrombi reduces rates of recurrent VTE without increasing major bleeding events.

Citation: Prandoni P, Prins MH, Lensing AW, et al. Residual thrombosis on ultrasonography to guide the duration of anticoagulation in patients with deep venous thrombosis: a randomized trial. Ann Intern Med. 2009;150(9):577-585.

Reviewed for TH eWire by Alexander R. Carbo, MD, FHM; Suzanne Bertisch, MD, MPH; Lauren Doctoroff, MD; John Fani Srour, MD; Caleb Hale, MD; Nancy Torres-Finnerty, MD, FHM, Hospital Medicine Program, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston

Clinical question: Does tailoring the duration of anticoagulation based on the persistence of residual thrombus following conventional duration therapy reduce rates of recurrent venous thromboembolism (VTE) in adults with proximal deep-venous thrombosis (DVT)?

Background: The optimal duration of oral anticoagulation therapy in adults with proximal DVT remains uncertain. This study was designed to ascertain if tailoring the duration of therapy based on ultrasonographic findings improves outcomes through a reduction in recurrent VTE.

Study design: Parallel, open-label, randomized trial with independent and blinded assessment of study outcomes.

Setting: Nine university and hospital centers in Italy.

Synopsis: Five hundred thirty-eight patients with proximal DVT who completed three months of anticoagulation were randomly assigned to fixed-duration or flexible-duration therapy. Patients in the fixed-duration group with provoked DVT received no further therapy; those with unprovoked DVT received an additional three months of anticoagulation. Patients in the flexible-duration group had no further therapy if ultrasonography demonstrated recanalized veins, and received further therapy (up to nine to 21 months for provoked and unprovoked DVT, respectively) if persistent thrombi were demonstrated. Patients were followed over three years for the primary outcomes of recurrent VTE and major bleeding events.

Significantly fewer recurrent VTE occurred in the ultrasound guided, flexible-duration treatment group (11.9% vs. 17.2%; HR 0.64; 95% CI 0.39 to 0.99). There was no significant difference in major bleeding events between the two groups.

Limitations of this study include the lack of a double-blind design and the relatively small sample size.

Bottom line: Tailoring the duration of anticoagulation in adults with proximal DVT based on ultrasonographic demonstration of residual thrombi reduces rates of recurrent VTE without increasing major bleeding events.

Citation: Prandoni P, Prins MH, Lensing AW, et al. Residual thrombosis on ultrasonography to guide the duration of anticoagulation in patients with deep venous thrombosis: a randomized trial. Ann Intern Med. 2009;150(9):577-585.

Reviewed for TH eWire by Alexander R. Carbo, MD, FHM; Suzanne Bertisch, MD, MPH; Lauren Doctoroff, MD; John Fani Srour, MD; Caleb Hale, MD; Nancy Torres-Finnerty, MD, FHM, Hospital Medicine Program, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(08)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(08)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
In the Lit: Research You Need to Know
Display Headline
In the Lit: Research You Need to Know
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

Afraid in the Hospital

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Afraid in the hospital: Parental concern for errors during a child's hospitalization

The Institute of Medicine report linking between 48,000 and 98,000 deaths annually to medical errors1 has raised awareness about medical errors across all areas of medicine. In pediatrics, medical errors in hospitalized children are associated with significant increases in length of stay, healthcare costs, and death.2, 3 While much attention has been paid to the use of hospital systems to prevent medical errors, there has been considerably less focus on the experiences of patients and their potential role in preventing errors.

Studies have suggested that a significant majority of adult patients are concerned about medical errors during hospitalization.4, 5 However, a similar assessment of parents' concerns about medical errors in pediatrics is lacking. Admittedly, for concern to be constructive it must be linked to action. The Joint Commission and the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ) currently recommend that parents help prevent errors by becoming active, involved and informed members of their healthcare team and taking part in every decision about (their) child's health care.6, 7 However, the extent to which parental concern about medical errors is related to a parent's self‐efficacy, or confidence, interacting with physicians is unknown.

Self‐efficacy is a construct used in social cognitive theory to explain behavior change.8 It refers to an individual's belief in (his/her) capabilities to organize and execute the courses of action required to produce given attainments or a desired outcome.9 Self‐efficacy is not a general concept; it must be discussed in reference to a specific activity. In healthcare it has been associated not only with willingness to adopt preventive strategies,10 but also with treatment adherence,11, 12 behavior change,13 and with greater patient participation in healthcare decision‐making.14, 15

In this study we had 2 objectives. First, we sought to assess the proportion of parents of hospitalized children who are concerned about medical errors. Second, we attempted to examine whether a parent's self‐efficacy interacting with physicians was associated with their concern about medical errors for their child. Given that parents with greater self‐efficacy interacting with physicians might feel more empowered to prevent errors and, as such, be more inclined to take an active role to do so, we hypothesized that such parents would be less concerned about medical errors during a pediatric hospitalization.

Subjects and Methods

Population

We surveyed parents of children <18 years of age (including 2 grandparents who will hereafter be referred to as parents) who were admitted to the general medical service of the Children's Hospital & Regional Medical Center (CHRMC) in Seattle, WA, from July through September 2005. This study was approved by the CHRMC Institutional Review Board. Due to stipulations of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA), we were unable to collect extensive information on those parents who were missed or those who refused to participate in the study.

Exclusions

We excluded parents if: (1) they did not feel comfortable answering a written survey in English or Spanish; (2) their child was transferred to the general medical unit either from the intensive care unit (ICU) or from the inpatient unit of another hospital; or (3) they were not present during the hospitalization.

Study Design

We conducted a cross‐sectional self‐administered written survey of parents. The survey was translated into Spanish by a certified Spanish translator. A second independent translator confirmed the accuracy of the translation. Informed consent was obtained from parents before administration of the survey.

Data Collection

Parents were surveyed with a consecutive sampling methodology Tuesday through Friday from July 2005 through September 2005. We surveyed parents within 48 hours of admission of their child to the hospital, but after they had an opportunity to speak with the inpatient medical team that was caring for their child. A more detailed discussion of the data collection process has been published previously.16

Dependent Variables

Parental Concern About the Need to Watch for Medical Errors

We assessed parental concerns about medical errors during hospitalization by measuring responses to the statement When my child is in the hospital I feel that I have to watch over the care that he/she is receiving to make sure that mistakes aren't made. Parents reported their agreement/disagreement with this statement using a 5‐point Likert scale. For our analysis we dichotomized the dependent variable into those parents who responded Strongly Agree or Agree vs. those who responded Strongly Disagree or Disagree. We chose to focus on parents who expressed a directional response (eg, agree or disagree) because we felt that such responses were more likely to be correlated with behavior. As a result, we excluded from our primary analysis those participants who responded Unsure. In order to determine the effect of exclusion on our results (given its size), we conducted separate post‐hoc analyses in which we included the Unsure respondents in Agree and Disagree categories, respectively.

Independent Variables

Self‐Efficacy in Patient‐Physician Interactions

The Joint Commission's Speak Up initiative7 recommends that patients and parents interact with their healthcare providers in order to prevent errors. We gauged a parent's confidence of interacting with healthcare providers using an adapted scale of the Perceived Efficacy in Patient‐Physician Interactions (PEPPI) self‐efficacy scale. The PEPPI is a 50‐point self‐efficacy scale that has been validated in older adults.17 The response to each question is recorded on a 5‐point Likert scale ranging from 1 to 5 where 1 represents not at all confident and 5 represents very confident. Higher scores on this scale have been associated with greater participation in treatment decisions by women with breast cancer.18 We adapted this scale for use in pediatrics (Appendix 1).

Covariates

Prior Hospitalizations and Chronic Illness History

We asked parents to report how many times their child had been hospitalized prior to this current admission (not including birth). We chose to query parents directly because a search of our institutions' medical record database would not capture hospitalizations at other facilities. We categorized the variable for previous hospitalizations as follows: none, 1, 2, 3.

We asked parents to report if prior to this hospitalization they had ever been told by a nurse or doctor that their child had any of a list of chronic medical conditions such as chronic respiratory disease, mental retardation, and seizure disorder, among others. We gave parents the opportunity to specify a medical condition not provided on this list. The list of conditions was the same as that used in the Child Health Questionnaire PF‐28,19 which has been used in national and international studies to measure quality of life in children with and without chronic conditions20, 21 (Appendix 2).

Limited English Proficiency

We assessed the potential for a language barrier to impede communication between parent and healthcare providers by asking parents the following question: How comfortable are you that you can express your concerns and ask questions of your child's doctors in English? We measured parental responses on a 5‐point Likert scale (very comfortable vs. somewhat comfortable, not sure, somewhat uncomfortable, very uncomfortable). For our analyses, we dichotomized responses into those who reported being very comfortable vs. those who chose any other response category.

Social Desirability

We measured the potential for social desirability to bias responses using the Marlowe‐Crowne 2(10) Scale of Social Desirability.22 The Marlowe‐Crowne 2(10) Scale of Social Desirability is a shorter, validated version of the Marlowe‐Crowne Scale.23 This scale has been recommended by the National Institutes of Health (NIH)'s Behavior Change Consortium for use in behavioral change research related to health.24 It has been used in previous studies to account for social desirability bias in studies which involve patient self‐report of attitudes and beliefs.25 We analyzed scores on a continuous scale with higher scores representing greater social desirability bias in responses.

Demographics

We collected the following demographic data on parents: age, gender, race/ethnicity (white non‐Hispanic vs. other), education (high school or less, some college, college or higher). We also recorded the child's age and gender.

Statistical Analysis

Parental Concern for Medical Errors

Univariate statistics were used to report proportions of parents who were concerned about medical errors and to summarize the data for covariates and demographics. We conducted bivariate logistic regression analyses to assess the association between our outcome variable and the independent variable and each covariate, respectively. We used a Fisher's exact test to examine the association between limited English proficiency and our outcome variable because the absence of participants (eg, a zero cell) who were not very comfortable with English and not concerned about errors precluded the use of bivariate logistic regression. Therefore, to explore the relationship between race and language we used a Fischer's exact test to compare concern about medical errors between white and non‐white participants who were very comfortable with English.

We used multivariate logistic regression to test our hypothesis that greater self‐efficacy would be associated with less concern about medical errors after adjusting for the aforementioned covariates and demographics, excluding child gender. We had no a priori reason to expect that child gender would affect parental self‐efficacy or parental concern about errors and did not include it in the regression model. In order to provide a more clinically relevant interpretation of our results, we calculated adjusted predicted probabilities for the 25%, 50%, and 75% PEPPI scores using the mean for all other variables in the model.

We conducted post‐hoc analysis using a likelihood‐ratio test to determine if the hospitalization variable was significant in the multivariate regression model. We conducted additional post‐hoc analysis using bivariate logistic regression to explore the relationship between concern about medical errors and the following independent variables: hospitalization for >3 days after birth (yes/no); previous hospitalization for >1 week (yes/no); parents' experience with the hospital system (a lot, some, not sure, a little, none); overall perception of child's health (excellent, very good, good, fair); previous hospitalizations for other children (yes, no, no other children); rating of care that child has received (excellent vs. other [very good, good, fair]). We incorporated any significant associations (P < 0.05) into our preexisting multivariate model.

Results

During the time period of our study, 278 parents were eligible to participate. Eighty‐five parents could not be surveyed either because they could not be reached despite multiple attempts (eg, out of the room, speaking with physicians) or because the child had already been discharged. Of the 193 parents approached, 130 agreed to take the survey. Two parents who agreed to complete the survey forgot to return it before their children were discharged. Demographics of respondents and nonparticipants are presented in Table 1. The distribution of self‐efficacy scores was skewed, with a mean score of 45 (median 46, range 5‐50) on a 50‐point scale, consistent with previous studies in adults.18

Study Population Characteristics
CharacteristicsRespondents (n = 130)Number Missed (n = 85)Number Refused (n = 61)
  • Abbreviation: NA, not available; SD, standard deviation.

Parent's mean age34 years (range: 18‐51)NANA
Parent sex female, n (%)105 (80.8)NANA
Parental education, n (%)   
College or higher65 (50.4)  
Some college34 (26.4)  
High school or less30 (23.3)NANA
Parental race, n (%)   
White86 (67.2)  
Non‐White42 (32.8)NANA
Parent's social desirability score, mean (SD)7.0 (2.0)NANA
Child's median age21.4 months (range: 1 day‐17.8 years)24 months24 months
Child's sex female, n (%)63 (48.5)36 (42)35 (57)
Number of previous hospitalizations (child), n (%)   
None68 (53.1)  
126 (20.3)  
219 (14.8)  
315 (11.7)NANA
Number of chronic medical conditions (child), n (%)   
None56 (48.7)  
134 (29.6)  
225 (21.8)NANA
Parent's comfort expressing concerns in English, n (%) NANA
Very comfortable109 (83.9)  
Less than very comfortable21 (16.1)  
Self‐efficacy score (parent), mean (SD)45 (6.3)NANA

Eighty‐two parents (63% of respondents) Agreed or Strongly Agreed with the statement When my child is in the hospital I feel that I need to watch over his/her care in order to make sure that mistakes aren't made (Figure 1). In bivariate analyses, non‐white race (Table 2) and English proficiency (P = 0.002) were significantly associated with parental concern about medical errors. Notably, all respondents who were not very comfortable with English agreed that they felt the need to watch over their child's care to ensure that mistakes do not happen. The association between self‐efficacy with physician interactions and concern was nearly significant (Table 2).

Figure 1
Response to statement “When my child is in the hospital I feel that I have to watch over the care that he/she is receiving to make sure that mistakes aren't made.” [Color figure can be viewed in the online issue, which is available at www.interscience.wiley.com.]
Bivariate and Multivariate Logistic Regression of Factors Associated with Parental Concern for Medical Errors
VariableCrude Odds RatioConfidence IntervalP ValueAdjusted Odds RatioConfidence IntervalP Value
  • NOTE: Results of multivariate logistic regression.

  • P < 0.01.

  • P < 0.05.

Parent age (years)1.010.95‐1.060.791.050.95‐1.150.36
Parent gender      
FemaleReferent     
Male0.860.32‐2.350.770.760.20‐2.790.68
Age of child (months)1.000.99‐1.010.971.000.99‐1.010.83
Parental education      
College or higherReferent  Referent  
Some college0.480.18‐1.260.140.30.07‐1.130.07
High school or less1.390.48‐4.000.550.50.1‐2.20.38
Parental race      
WhiteReferent  Referent  
Non‐White5.00*1.61‐15.560.0054.91.19‐20.40.03
Previous hospitalization (child)      
NoneReferent  Referent  
10.440.16‐1.200.110.160.04‐0.690.01
20.890.27‐2.870.840.600.13‐2.830.5
30.910.21‐3.840.900.790.12‐5.060.8
Number of chronic medical conditions0.860.67‐1.110.261.050.74‐1.500.78
Social desirability score (parent)0.990.81‐1.210.920.990.76‐1.290.9
Self‐efficacy score (parent)0.900.81‐1.000.060.830.73‐0.950.006*

In multivariate analysis, self‐efficacy was independently associated with parental report about the need to watch over a child's care (odds ratio [OR], 0.83; 95% confidence interval [CI], 0.72‐0.92). In prediction models, with self‐efficacy scores of 44 (25th percentile), 46 (50th percentile), and 49 (75th percentile), about 72.2% (59.1‐82.3), 64.2% (51.8‐75.0), and 50.8% (35.3‐66.2) of parents, respectively, would feel the need to watch over their child's care to prevent medical errors.

While respondents of non‐white race had the greatest independent odds of reporting a concern for medical errors occurring while their child was hospitalized (OR, 4.9; 95% CI, 1.19‐20.4), we could not reliably determine how much of this effect was due to language instead of to race because the vast majority of parents who reported being less than very comfortable with English were also non‐white (non‐white 90.5% vs. white 9.5%, P < 0.001). In additional analyses we were unable to find a difference in concern about medical errors between white and non‐white parents who were very comfortable with English (data not shown).

Of note, while having 1 hospitalization compared to none was significantly associated with having decreased concern about medical errors (Table 2), the variable hospitalizations was not significant in the model (P = 0.07).

In post‐hoc analysis, we found no association between hospitalization for >3 days after birth, previous hospitalization for >1 week, parents' experience with the hospital system, and overall perception of child's health, previous hospitalizations for other children. While rating of care that child received was significantly associated with parents' concern about medical errors in the bivariate analysis, it did not remain significant in multivariate analysis and did not substantially change the magnitude or significance of previous associations.

Discussion

In our study, we found that nearly two‐thirds of parents of children admitted to the general pediatric service of a tertiary care children's hospital felt the need to watch over their child's care to ensure that mistakes would not be made. We also found that a parent's self‐efficacy interacting with physicians was associated with less parental concern for medical errors.

To our knowledge, this is the first study to systematically survey parents' concerns about medical errors during a child's hospitalization and to evaluate factors associated with this concern. The immediate question prompted by our findings is whether the fact that 63% of parents are concerned is alarming because it is too low or too high. Some might contend that concern about medical errors is an appropriate and desirable response because it may motivate parents to become more vigilant about the medical care that their child is receiving. However, others may challenge that such concern may indicate a feeling of powerlessness to act to prevent potential errors. In our study, the relationship between higher self‐efficacy and less parental concern raises the possibility that parents with higher levels of self‐efficacy with physician interactions may feel more comfortable communicating with physicians, which in turn may temper parents' concerns about medical errors during hospitalization.

It is equally plausible that concern about medical errors during hospitalization may motivate parents to become involved in their child's medical care and, in turn, lead them to feel empowered to prevent medical errors and so ease their concerns. It is conceivable that experience with past medical errors may fuel a parent's need to watch over their child's care to prevent additional medical errors. Future studies should address the independent effect of past medical errors on parental concern about medical errors.

In this study, all parents who reported being very uncomfortable with English and parents of non‐white race felt the need to watch over their child's care to help prevent errors. A previous survey of a nationally representative sample of U.S. adults found greater proportion of non‐white adults were very concerned about errors or mistakes happening when receiving care at a hospital (blacks 62%, Hispanics 57%, whites 44%).26 However, in our study, the relationship between race and concern is likely mediated by language since many of the parents who described themselves as other than white also reported being not very comfortable with English and we could not find an effect of race on concern among parents who were very comfortable with English. Indeed, previous studies have linked decreased English proficiency to medical errors with potential clinical consequence.27

Given our previous investigation of the relationship between self‐efficacy and parent participation in medical decisions during a child's hospitalization, we conducted post‐hoc analyses exploring the association between parents' self‐report of participation in medical decisions and concern about medical errors during their child's hospitalization.16 Using a simple logistic regression we did not find any association. However, we advise caution in interpreting and generalizing these results because the study was not powered to adequately evaluate this association.

There are additional limitations in our study to be noted. First, this question has not been used previously to assess parental concern about medical errors, so future work will need to focus on assessing its reliability and validity. Second, it is also possible that parents' concern for medical errors is mitigated by the complexity of their child's healthcare.5 We attempted to address this issue by controlling for the child's number of chronic illnesses. However, it is possible that our metric did not capture the level of complexity associated with different types of chronic conditions. Moreover, additional variables such as health insurance type, parental physical and mental health, and quality of interactions with the nursing staff may confound the relationships that we observed. Future studies should examine the effect of these variables on parents' self‐efficacy and their concern about medical errors.

Third, we surveyed parents at a single institution and, as such, differences in demographics and hospital‐specific practices related to patient‐physician interactions may prevent generalization of our findings to other institutions. For example, the parents in our survey had a higher average education level than the general population and the racial makeup of our population was not nationally representative. Also, due to HIPAA constraints, we were unable to collect extensive demographic information on parents and children who were missed or those who refused to participate in the study, which also could conceivably influence the strength of our findings.

Fourth, we adapted a validated adult measure of self‐efficacy for use in pediatrics. The patient‐physician self‐efficacy scale, the PEPPI, did have a skewed distribution in our study, although this performance is consistent with adult studies18 and in post‐hoc analyses, outlier PEPPI scores did not have a significant effect on the magnitude of the relationship we observed between self‐efficacy and parental concern about medical errors. However, the reading level of this instrument is ninth grade, which may impact the generalization of our findings to populations with lower literacy levels.

Fifth, we excluded parents who were unsure about their concern from our analyses. In post‐hoc multivariate regression analyses, reassignment of unsure responses to either agree or disagree did not result in any change in odds ratio for any endpoint.

Finally, it is possible that parental concern was influenced by social desirability bias in that parents may have been less likely to report concern about medical errors during a hospitalization because of fear of the implications it might have for their child's care. We attempted to control for this effect by adjusting for social desirability bias using the Marlowe‐Crowne scale. This scale is commonly used in behavioral science research to account for such response bias and has been recommended by the NIH Consortium on Behavior Change for use in behavioral change research related to health.24

Within the context of these limitations, we feel that our study contributes an important first step toward characterizing the scope of parental concern about medical errors during pediatric hospitalizations and understanding the relationship of self‐efficacy with physician interactions to this concern. Devising a quality initiative program to improve parents' self‐efficacy interacting with physicians might help to temper parents' concerns about medical errors while also encouraging their involvement in their child's medical care. Such a program would likely prove most beneficial if it sought to improve self‐efficacy among parents with lower English proficiency given that this group had the highest concern for medical errors. Possible interventions might include more ready access to interpreters or use of visual aids.

Files
References
  1. Institute of Medicine Committee on Quality of Health Care in America.Crossing the Quality Chasm: A New Health System for the 21st Century.Washington, DC:National Academy Press;2001.
  2. Kaushal R,Bates DW,Landrigan C, et al.Medication errors and adverse drug events in pediatric inpatients.JAMA.2001;285(16):21142120.
  3. Miller MR,Zhan C.Pediatric patient safety in hospitals: a national picture in 2000.Pediatrics.2004;113(6):17411746.
  4. Waterman AD,Gallagher TH,Garbutt J,Waterman BM,Fraser V,Burroughs TE.Brief report: hospitalized patients' attitudes about and participation in error prevention.J Gen Intern Med.2006;21(4):367370.
  5. Burroughs TE,Waterman AD,Gallagher TH, et al.Patients' concerns about medical errors during hospitalization.Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf.2007;33(1):514.
  6. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.20 Tips to Help Prevent Medical Errors in Children. Patient Fact Sheet. 2009, AHRQ Publication No. 02‐P034.Rockville, MD:Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.
  7. Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations. Speak Up Initiatives. Available at: http://www.jointcommission.org/PatientSafety/SpeakUp. Accessed May 2009.
  8. Bandura A.Self‐efficacy: toward a unifying theory of behavioral change.Psychol Rev.1977;84(2):191215.
  9. Bandura A.Self‐Efficacy: The Exercise of Control.New York, NY:W.H. Freeman and Company;1997.
  10. Strauss RS,Rodzilsky D,Burack G,Colin M.Psychosocial correlates of physical activity in healthy children.Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med.2001;155(8):897902.
  11. Ott J,Greening L,Palardy N,Holderby A,DeBell WK.Self‐efficacy as a mediator variable for adolescents' adherence to treatment for insulin‐dependent diabetes mellitus.Children's Health Care.2000;29(1):4763.
  12. McCaul KD,Glasgow RE,Schafer LC.Diabetes regimen behaviors. Predicting adherence.Med Care.1987;25(9):868881.
  13. Cabana MD,Rand C,Slish K,Nan B,Davis MM,Clark N.Pediatrician self‐efficacy for counseling parents of asthmatic children to quit smoking.Pediatrics.2004;113(1 Pt 1):7881.
  14. Arora NK,Ayanian JZ,Guadagnoli E.Examining the relationship of patients' attitudes and beliefs with their self‐reported level of participation in medical decision‐making.Med Care.2005;43(9):865872.
  15. Janz NK,Wren PA,Copeland LA,Lowery JC,Goldfarb SL,Wilkins EG.Patient‐physician concordance: preferences, perceptions, and factors influencing the breast cancer surgical decision.J Clin Oncol.2004;22(15):30913098.
  16. Tarini BA,Christakis DA,Lozano P.Toward family‐centered inpatient medical care: the role of parents as participants in medical decisions.J Pediatr.2007;151(6):690695.
  17. Maly RC,Frank JC,Marshall GN,DiMatteo MR,Reuben DB.Perceived efficacy in patient‐physician interactions (PEPPI): validation of an instrument in older persons.J Am Geriatr Soc.1998;46(7):889894.
  18. Maly RC,Umezawa Y,Leake B,Silliman RA.Determinants of participation in treatment decision‐making by older breast cancer patients.Breast Cancer Res Treat.2004;85(3):201209.
  19. Landgraf JM AL,Ware JE.The CHQ: A User's Manual (2nd printing).Boston, MA:HealthAct;1999.
  20. Waters EB,Salmon LA,Wake M,Wright M,Hesketh KD.The health and well‐being of adolescents: a school‐based population study of the self‐report Child Health Questionnaire.J Adolesc Health.2001;29(2):140149.
  21. Wake M,Hesketh K,Cameron F.The Child Health Questionnaire in children with diabetes: cross‐sectional survey of parent and adolescent‐reported functional health status.Diabet Med.2000;17(10):700707.
  22. Strahan R,Gerbasi KC.Semantic style variance in personality questionnaires.J Psychol.1973;85:109118.
  23. Crowne DP,Marlowe D.A new scale of social desirability independent of psychopathology.J Consult Psychol.1960;24:349354.
  24. National Institutes of Health. Behavior Change Consortium‐Recommended Nutrition Measures. Available at:http://www1.od.nih.gov/behaviorchange/measures/nutrition.htm. Accessed May 2009.
  25. Bardwell WA,Ancoli‐Israel S,Dimsdale JE.Response bias influences mental health symptom reporting in patients with obstructive sleep apnea.Ann Behav Med.2001;23(4):313317.
  26. Kaiser Family Foundation, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.Americans as Health Care Consumers: Update on the Role of Quality Information.Rockville, MD:Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality;2000.
  27. Flores G,Laws MB,Mayo SJ, et al.Errors in medical interpretation and their potential clinical consequences in pediatric encounters.Pediatrics.2003;111(1):614.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(9)
Page Number
521-527
Legacy Keywords
medical errors, self‐efficiency, pediatric hospitalization, language
Sections
Files
Files
Article PDF
Article PDF

The Institute of Medicine report linking between 48,000 and 98,000 deaths annually to medical errors1 has raised awareness about medical errors across all areas of medicine. In pediatrics, medical errors in hospitalized children are associated with significant increases in length of stay, healthcare costs, and death.2, 3 While much attention has been paid to the use of hospital systems to prevent medical errors, there has been considerably less focus on the experiences of patients and their potential role in preventing errors.

Studies have suggested that a significant majority of adult patients are concerned about medical errors during hospitalization.4, 5 However, a similar assessment of parents' concerns about medical errors in pediatrics is lacking. Admittedly, for concern to be constructive it must be linked to action. The Joint Commission and the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ) currently recommend that parents help prevent errors by becoming active, involved and informed members of their healthcare team and taking part in every decision about (their) child's health care.6, 7 However, the extent to which parental concern about medical errors is related to a parent's self‐efficacy, or confidence, interacting with physicians is unknown.

Self‐efficacy is a construct used in social cognitive theory to explain behavior change.8 It refers to an individual's belief in (his/her) capabilities to organize and execute the courses of action required to produce given attainments or a desired outcome.9 Self‐efficacy is not a general concept; it must be discussed in reference to a specific activity. In healthcare it has been associated not only with willingness to adopt preventive strategies,10 but also with treatment adherence,11, 12 behavior change,13 and with greater patient participation in healthcare decision‐making.14, 15

In this study we had 2 objectives. First, we sought to assess the proportion of parents of hospitalized children who are concerned about medical errors. Second, we attempted to examine whether a parent's self‐efficacy interacting with physicians was associated with their concern about medical errors for their child. Given that parents with greater self‐efficacy interacting with physicians might feel more empowered to prevent errors and, as such, be more inclined to take an active role to do so, we hypothesized that such parents would be less concerned about medical errors during a pediatric hospitalization.

Subjects and Methods

Population

We surveyed parents of children <18 years of age (including 2 grandparents who will hereafter be referred to as parents) who were admitted to the general medical service of the Children's Hospital & Regional Medical Center (CHRMC) in Seattle, WA, from July through September 2005. This study was approved by the CHRMC Institutional Review Board. Due to stipulations of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA), we were unable to collect extensive information on those parents who were missed or those who refused to participate in the study.

Exclusions

We excluded parents if: (1) they did not feel comfortable answering a written survey in English or Spanish; (2) their child was transferred to the general medical unit either from the intensive care unit (ICU) or from the inpatient unit of another hospital; or (3) they were not present during the hospitalization.

Study Design

We conducted a cross‐sectional self‐administered written survey of parents. The survey was translated into Spanish by a certified Spanish translator. A second independent translator confirmed the accuracy of the translation. Informed consent was obtained from parents before administration of the survey.

Data Collection

Parents were surveyed with a consecutive sampling methodology Tuesday through Friday from July 2005 through September 2005. We surveyed parents within 48 hours of admission of their child to the hospital, but after they had an opportunity to speak with the inpatient medical team that was caring for their child. A more detailed discussion of the data collection process has been published previously.16

Dependent Variables

Parental Concern About the Need to Watch for Medical Errors

We assessed parental concerns about medical errors during hospitalization by measuring responses to the statement When my child is in the hospital I feel that I have to watch over the care that he/she is receiving to make sure that mistakes aren't made. Parents reported their agreement/disagreement with this statement using a 5‐point Likert scale. For our analysis we dichotomized the dependent variable into those parents who responded Strongly Agree or Agree vs. those who responded Strongly Disagree or Disagree. We chose to focus on parents who expressed a directional response (eg, agree or disagree) because we felt that such responses were more likely to be correlated with behavior. As a result, we excluded from our primary analysis those participants who responded Unsure. In order to determine the effect of exclusion on our results (given its size), we conducted separate post‐hoc analyses in which we included the Unsure respondents in Agree and Disagree categories, respectively.

Independent Variables

Self‐Efficacy in Patient‐Physician Interactions

The Joint Commission's Speak Up initiative7 recommends that patients and parents interact with their healthcare providers in order to prevent errors. We gauged a parent's confidence of interacting with healthcare providers using an adapted scale of the Perceived Efficacy in Patient‐Physician Interactions (PEPPI) self‐efficacy scale. The PEPPI is a 50‐point self‐efficacy scale that has been validated in older adults.17 The response to each question is recorded on a 5‐point Likert scale ranging from 1 to 5 where 1 represents not at all confident and 5 represents very confident. Higher scores on this scale have been associated with greater participation in treatment decisions by women with breast cancer.18 We adapted this scale for use in pediatrics (Appendix 1).

Covariates

Prior Hospitalizations and Chronic Illness History

We asked parents to report how many times their child had been hospitalized prior to this current admission (not including birth). We chose to query parents directly because a search of our institutions' medical record database would not capture hospitalizations at other facilities. We categorized the variable for previous hospitalizations as follows: none, 1, 2, 3.

We asked parents to report if prior to this hospitalization they had ever been told by a nurse or doctor that their child had any of a list of chronic medical conditions such as chronic respiratory disease, mental retardation, and seizure disorder, among others. We gave parents the opportunity to specify a medical condition not provided on this list. The list of conditions was the same as that used in the Child Health Questionnaire PF‐28,19 which has been used in national and international studies to measure quality of life in children with and without chronic conditions20, 21 (Appendix 2).

Limited English Proficiency

We assessed the potential for a language barrier to impede communication between parent and healthcare providers by asking parents the following question: How comfortable are you that you can express your concerns and ask questions of your child's doctors in English? We measured parental responses on a 5‐point Likert scale (very comfortable vs. somewhat comfortable, not sure, somewhat uncomfortable, very uncomfortable). For our analyses, we dichotomized responses into those who reported being very comfortable vs. those who chose any other response category.

Social Desirability

We measured the potential for social desirability to bias responses using the Marlowe‐Crowne 2(10) Scale of Social Desirability.22 The Marlowe‐Crowne 2(10) Scale of Social Desirability is a shorter, validated version of the Marlowe‐Crowne Scale.23 This scale has been recommended by the National Institutes of Health (NIH)'s Behavior Change Consortium for use in behavioral change research related to health.24 It has been used in previous studies to account for social desirability bias in studies which involve patient self‐report of attitudes and beliefs.25 We analyzed scores on a continuous scale with higher scores representing greater social desirability bias in responses.

Demographics

We collected the following demographic data on parents: age, gender, race/ethnicity (white non‐Hispanic vs. other), education (high school or less, some college, college or higher). We also recorded the child's age and gender.

Statistical Analysis

Parental Concern for Medical Errors

Univariate statistics were used to report proportions of parents who were concerned about medical errors and to summarize the data for covariates and demographics. We conducted bivariate logistic regression analyses to assess the association between our outcome variable and the independent variable and each covariate, respectively. We used a Fisher's exact test to examine the association between limited English proficiency and our outcome variable because the absence of participants (eg, a zero cell) who were not very comfortable with English and not concerned about errors precluded the use of bivariate logistic regression. Therefore, to explore the relationship between race and language we used a Fischer's exact test to compare concern about medical errors between white and non‐white participants who were very comfortable with English.

We used multivariate logistic regression to test our hypothesis that greater self‐efficacy would be associated with less concern about medical errors after adjusting for the aforementioned covariates and demographics, excluding child gender. We had no a priori reason to expect that child gender would affect parental self‐efficacy or parental concern about errors and did not include it in the regression model. In order to provide a more clinically relevant interpretation of our results, we calculated adjusted predicted probabilities for the 25%, 50%, and 75% PEPPI scores using the mean for all other variables in the model.

We conducted post‐hoc analysis using a likelihood‐ratio test to determine if the hospitalization variable was significant in the multivariate regression model. We conducted additional post‐hoc analysis using bivariate logistic regression to explore the relationship between concern about medical errors and the following independent variables: hospitalization for >3 days after birth (yes/no); previous hospitalization for >1 week (yes/no); parents' experience with the hospital system (a lot, some, not sure, a little, none); overall perception of child's health (excellent, very good, good, fair); previous hospitalizations for other children (yes, no, no other children); rating of care that child has received (excellent vs. other [very good, good, fair]). We incorporated any significant associations (P < 0.05) into our preexisting multivariate model.

Results

During the time period of our study, 278 parents were eligible to participate. Eighty‐five parents could not be surveyed either because they could not be reached despite multiple attempts (eg, out of the room, speaking with physicians) or because the child had already been discharged. Of the 193 parents approached, 130 agreed to take the survey. Two parents who agreed to complete the survey forgot to return it before their children were discharged. Demographics of respondents and nonparticipants are presented in Table 1. The distribution of self‐efficacy scores was skewed, with a mean score of 45 (median 46, range 5‐50) on a 50‐point scale, consistent with previous studies in adults.18

Study Population Characteristics
CharacteristicsRespondents (n = 130)Number Missed (n = 85)Number Refused (n = 61)
  • Abbreviation: NA, not available; SD, standard deviation.

Parent's mean age34 years (range: 18‐51)NANA
Parent sex female, n (%)105 (80.8)NANA
Parental education, n (%)   
College or higher65 (50.4)  
Some college34 (26.4)  
High school or less30 (23.3)NANA
Parental race, n (%)   
White86 (67.2)  
Non‐White42 (32.8)NANA
Parent's social desirability score, mean (SD)7.0 (2.0)NANA
Child's median age21.4 months (range: 1 day‐17.8 years)24 months24 months
Child's sex female, n (%)63 (48.5)36 (42)35 (57)
Number of previous hospitalizations (child), n (%)   
None68 (53.1)  
126 (20.3)  
219 (14.8)  
315 (11.7)NANA
Number of chronic medical conditions (child), n (%)   
None56 (48.7)  
134 (29.6)  
225 (21.8)NANA
Parent's comfort expressing concerns in English, n (%) NANA
Very comfortable109 (83.9)  
Less than very comfortable21 (16.1)  
Self‐efficacy score (parent), mean (SD)45 (6.3)NANA

Eighty‐two parents (63% of respondents) Agreed or Strongly Agreed with the statement When my child is in the hospital I feel that I need to watch over his/her care in order to make sure that mistakes aren't made (Figure 1). In bivariate analyses, non‐white race (Table 2) and English proficiency (P = 0.002) were significantly associated with parental concern about medical errors. Notably, all respondents who were not very comfortable with English agreed that they felt the need to watch over their child's care to ensure that mistakes do not happen. The association between self‐efficacy with physician interactions and concern was nearly significant (Table 2).

Figure 1
Response to statement “When my child is in the hospital I feel that I have to watch over the care that he/she is receiving to make sure that mistakes aren't made.” [Color figure can be viewed in the online issue, which is available at www.interscience.wiley.com.]
Bivariate and Multivariate Logistic Regression of Factors Associated with Parental Concern for Medical Errors
VariableCrude Odds RatioConfidence IntervalP ValueAdjusted Odds RatioConfidence IntervalP Value
  • NOTE: Results of multivariate logistic regression.

  • P < 0.01.

  • P < 0.05.

Parent age (years)1.010.95‐1.060.791.050.95‐1.150.36
Parent gender      
FemaleReferent     
Male0.860.32‐2.350.770.760.20‐2.790.68
Age of child (months)1.000.99‐1.010.971.000.99‐1.010.83
Parental education      
College or higherReferent  Referent  
Some college0.480.18‐1.260.140.30.07‐1.130.07
High school or less1.390.48‐4.000.550.50.1‐2.20.38
Parental race      
WhiteReferent  Referent  
Non‐White5.00*1.61‐15.560.0054.91.19‐20.40.03
Previous hospitalization (child)      
NoneReferent  Referent  
10.440.16‐1.200.110.160.04‐0.690.01
20.890.27‐2.870.840.600.13‐2.830.5
30.910.21‐3.840.900.790.12‐5.060.8
Number of chronic medical conditions0.860.67‐1.110.261.050.74‐1.500.78
Social desirability score (parent)0.990.81‐1.210.920.990.76‐1.290.9
Self‐efficacy score (parent)0.900.81‐1.000.060.830.73‐0.950.006*

In multivariate analysis, self‐efficacy was independently associated with parental report about the need to watch over a child's care (odds ratio [OR], 0.83; 95% confidence interval [CI], 0.72‐0.92). In prediction models, with self‐efficacy scores of 44 (25th percentile), 46 (50th percentile), and 49 (75th percentile), about 72.2% (59.1‐82.3), 64.2% (51.8‐75.0), and 50.8% (35.3‐66.2) of parents, respectively, would feel the need to watch over their child's care to prevent medical errors.

While respondents of non‐white race had the greatest independent odds of reporting a concern for medical errors occurring while their child was hospitalized (OR, 4.9; 95% CI, 1.19‐20.4), we could not reliably determine how much of this effect was due to language instead of to race because the vast majority of parents who reported being less than very comfortable with English were also non‐white (non‐white 90.5% vs. white 9.5%, P < 0.001). In additional analyses we were unable to find a difference in concern about medical errors between white and non‐white parents who were very comfortable with English (data not shown).

Of note, while having 1 hospitalization compared to none was significantly associated with having decreased concern about medical errors (Table 2), the variable hospitalizations was not significant in the model (P = 0.07).

In post‐hoc analysis, we found no association between hospitalization for >3 days after birth, previous hospitalization for >1 week, parents' experience with the hospital system, and overall perception of child's health, previous hospitalizations for other children. While rating of care that child received was significantly associated with parents' concern about medical errors in the bivariate analysis, it did not remain significant in multivariate analysis and did not substantially change the magnitude or significance of previous associations.

Discussion

In our study, we found that nearly two‐thirds of parents of children admitted to the general pediatric service of a tertiary care children's hospital felt the need to watch over their child's care to ensure that mistakes would not be made. We also found that a parent's self‐efficacy interacting with physicians was associated with less parental concern for medical errors.

To our knowledge, this is the first study to systematically survey parents' concerns about medical errors during a child's hospitalization and to evaluate factors associated with this concern. The immediate question prompted by our findings is whether the fact that 63% of parents are concerned is alarming because it is too low or too high. Some might contend that concern about medical errors is an appropriate and desirable response because it may motivate parents to become more vigilant about the medical care that their child is receiving. However, others may challenge that such concern may indicate a feeling of powerlessness to act to prevent potential errors. In our study, the relationship between higher self‐efficacy and less parental concern raises the possibility that parents with higher levels of self‐efficacy with physician interactions may feel more comfortable communicating with physicians, which in turn may temper parents' concerns about medical errors during hospitalization.

It is equally plausible that concern about medical errors during hospitalization may motivate parents to become involved in their child's medical care and, in turn, lead them to feel empowered to prevent medical errors and so ease their concerns. It is conceivable that experience with past medical errors may fuel a parent's need to watch over their child's care to prevent additional medical errors. Future studies should address the independent effect of past medical errors on parental concern about medical errors.

In this study, all parents who reported being very uncomfortable with English and parents of non‐white race felt the need to watch over their child's care to help prevent errors. A previous survey of a nationally representative sample of U.S. adults found greater proportion of non‐white adults were very concerned about errors or mistakes happening when receiving care at a hospital (blacks 62%, Hispanics 57%, whites 44%).26 However, in our study, the relationship between race and concern is likely mediated by language since many of the parents who described themselves as other than white also reported being not very comfortable with English and we could not find an effect of race on concern among parents who were very comfortable with English. Indeed, previous studies have linked decreased English proficiency to medical errors with potential clinical consequence.27

Given our previous investigation of the relationship between self‐efficacy and parent participation in medical decisions during a child's hospitalization, we conducted post‐hoc analyses exploring the association between parents' self‐report of participation in medical decisions and concern about medical errors during their child's hospitalization.16 Using a simple logistic regression we did not find any association. However, we advise caution in interpreting and generalizing these results because the study was not powered to adequately evaluate this association.

There are additional limitations in our study to be noted. First, this question has not been used previously to assess parental concern about medical errors, so future work will need to focus on assessing its reliability and validity. Second, it is also possible that parents' concern for medical errors is mitigated by the complexity of their child's healthcare.5 We attempted to address this issue by controlling for the child's number of chronic illnesses. However, it is possible that our metric did not capture the level of complexity associated with different types of chronic conditions. Moreover, additional variables such as health insurance type, parental physical and mental health, and quality of interactions with the nursing staff may confound the relationships that we observed. Future studies should examine the effect of these variables on parents' self‐efficacy and their concern about medical errors.

Third, we surveyed parents at a single institution and, as such, differences in demographics and hospital‐specific practices related to patient‐physician interactions may prevent generalization of our findings to other institutions. For example, the parents in our survey had a higher average education level than the general population and the racial makeup of our population was not nationally representative. Also, due to HIPAA constraints, we were unable to collect extensive demographic information on parents and children who were missed or those who refused to participate in the study, which also could conceivably influence the strength of our findings.

Fourth, we adapted a validated adult measure of self‐efficacy for use in pediatrics. The patient‐physician self‐efficacy scale, the PEPPI, did have a skewed distribution in our study, although this performance is consistent with adult studies18 and in post‐hoc analyses, outlier PEPPI scores did not have a significant effect on the magnitude of the relationship we observed between self‐efficacy and parental concern about medical errors. However, the reading level of this instrument is ninth grade, which may impact the generalization of our findings to populations with lower literacy levels.

Fifth, we excluded parents who were unsure about their concern from our analyses. In post‐hoc multivariate regression analyses, reassignment of unsure responses to either agree or disagree did not result in any change in odds ratio for any endpoint.

Finally, it is possible that parental concern was influenced by social desirability bias in that parents may have been less likely to report concern about medical errors during a hospitalization because of fear of the implications it might have for their child's care. We attempted to control for this effect by adjusting for social desirability bias using the Marlowe‐Crowne scale. This scale is commonly used in behavioral science research to account for such response bias and has been recommended by the NIH Consortium on Behavior Change for use in behavioral change research related to health.24

Within the context of these limitations, we feel that our study contributes an important first step toward characterizing the scope of parental concern about medical errors during pediatric hospitalizations and understanding the relationship of self‐efficacy with physician interactions to this concern. Devising a quality initiative program to improve parents' self‐efficacy interacting with physicians might help to temper parents' concerns about medical errors while also encouraging their involvement in their child's medical care. Such a program would likely prove most beneficial if it sought to improve self‐efficacy among parents with lower English proficiency given that this group had the highest concern for medical errors. Possible interventions might include more ready access to interpreters or use of visual aids.

The Institute of Medicine report linking between 48,000 and 98,000 deaths annually to medical errors1 has raised awareness about medical errors across all areas of medicine. In pediatrics, medical errors in hospitalized children are associated with significant increases in length of stay, healthcare costs, and death.2, 3 While much attention has been paid to the use of hospital systems to prevent medical errors, there has been considerably less focus on the experiences of patients and their potential role in preventing errors.

Studies have suggested that a significant majority of adult patients are concerned about medical errors during hospitalization.4, 5 However, a similar assessment of parents' concerns about medical errors in pediatrics is lacking. Admittedly, for concern to be constructive it must be linked to action. The Joint Commission and the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ) currently recommend that parents help prevent errors by becoming active, involved and informed members of their healthcare team and taking part in every decision about (their) child's health care.6, 7 However, the extent to which parental concern about medical errors is related to a parent's self‐efficacy, or confidence, interacting with physicians is unknown.

Self‐efficacy is a construct used in social cognitive theory to explain behavior change.8 It refers to an individual's belief in (his/her) capabilities to organize and execute the courses of action required to produce given attainments or a desired outcome.9 Self‐efficacy is not a general concept; it must be discussed in reference to a specific activity. In healthcare it has been associated not only with willingness to adopt preventive strategies,10 but also with treatment adherence,11, 12 behavior change,13 and with greater patient participation in healthcare decision‐making.14, 15

In this study we had 2 objectives. First, we sought to assess the proportion of parents of hospitalized children who are concerned about medical errors. Second, we attempted to examine whether a parent's self‐efficacy interacting with physicians was associated with their concern about medical errors for their child. Given that parents with greater self‐efficacy interacting with physicians might feel more empowered to prevent errors and, as such, be more inclined to take an active role to do so, we hypothesized that such parents would be less concerned about medical errors during a pediatric hospitalization.

Subjects and Methods

Population

We surveyed parents of children <18 years of age (including 2 grandparents who will hereafter be referred to as parents) who were admitted to the general medical service of the Children's Hospital & Regional Medical Center (CHRMC) in Seattle, WA, from July through September 2005. This study was approved by the CHRMC Institutional Review Board. Due to stipulations of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA), we were unable to collect extensive information on those parents who were missed or those who refused to participate in the study.

Exclusions

We excluded parents if: (1) they did not feel comfortable answering a written survey in English or Spanish; (2) their child was transferred to the general medical unit either from the intensive care unit (ICU) or from the inpatient unit of another hospital; or (3) they were not present during the hospitalization.

Study Design

We conducted a cross‐sectional self‐administered written survey of parents. The survey was translated into Spanish by a certified Spanish translator. A second independent translator confirmed the accuracy of the translation. Informed consent was obtained from parents before administration of the survey.

Data Collection

Parents were surveyed with a consecutive sampling methodology Tuesday through Friday from July 2005 through September 2005. We surveyed parents within 48 hours of admission of their child to the hospital, but after they had an opportunity to speak with the inpatient medical team that was caring for their child. A more detailed discussion of the data collection process has been published previously.16

Dependent Variables

Parental Concern About the Need to Watch for Medical Errors

We assessed parental concerns about medical errors during hospitalization by measuring responses to the statement When my child is in the hospital I feel that I have to watch over the care that he/she is receiving to make sure that mistakes aren't made. Parents reported their agreement/disagreement with this statement using a 5‐point Likert scale. For our analysis we dichotomized the dependent variable into those parents who responded Strongly Agree or Agree vs. those who responded Strongly Disagree or Disagree. We chose to focus on parents who expressed a directional response (eg, agree or disagree) because we felt that such responses were more likely to be correlated with behavior. As a result, we excluded from our primary analysis those participants who responded Unsure. In order to determine the effect of exclusion on our results (given its size), we conducted separate post‐hoc analyses in which we included the Unsure respondents in Agree and Disagree categories, respectively.

Independent Variables

Self‐Efficacy in Patient‐Physician Interactions

The Joint Commission's Speak Up initiative7 recommends that patients and parents interact with their healthcare providers in order to prevent errors. We gauged a parent's confidence of interacting with healthcare providers using an adapted scale of the Perceived Efficacy in Patient‐Physician Interactions (PEPPI) self‐efficacy scale. The PEPPI is a 50‐point self‐efficacy scale that has been validated in older adults.17 The response to each question is recorded on a 5‐point Likert scale ranging from 1 to 5 where 1 represents not at all confident and 5 represents very confident. Higher scores on this scale have been associated with greater participation in treatment decisions by women with breast cancer.18 We adapted this scale for use in pediatrics (Appendix 1).

Covariates

Prior Hospitalizations and Chronic Illness History

We asked parents to report how many times their child had been hospitalized prior to this current admission (not including birth). We chose to query parents directly because a search of our institutions' medical record database would not capture hospitalizations at other facilities. We categorized the variable for previous hospitalizations as follows: none, 1, 2, 3.

We asked parents to report if prior to this hospitalization they had ever been told by a nurse or doctor that their child had any of a list of chronic medical conditions such as chronic respiratory disease, mental retardation, and seizure disorder, among others. We gave parents the opportunity to specify a medical condition not provided on this list. The list of conditions was the same as that used in the Child Health Questionnaire PF‐28,19 which has been used in national and international studies to measure quality of life in children with and without chronic conditions20, 21 (Appendix 2).

Limited English Proficiency

We assessed the potential for a language barrier to impede communication between parent and healthcare providers by asking parents the following question: How comfortable are you that you can express your concerns and ask questions of your child's doctors in English? We measured parental responses on a 5‐point Likert scale (very comfortable vs. somewhat comfortable, not sure, somewhat uncomfortable, very uncomfortable). For our analyses, we dichotomized responses into those who reported being very comfortable vs. those who chose any other response category.

Social Desirability

We measured the potential for social desirability to bias responses using the Marlowe‐Crowne 2(10) Scale of Social Desirability.22 The Marlowe‐Crowne 2(10) Scale of Social Desirability is a shorter, validated version of the Marlowe‐Crowne Scale.23 This scale has been recommended by the National Institutes of Health (NIH)'s Behavior Change Consortium for use in behavioral change research related to health.24 It has been used in previous studies to account for social desirability bias in studies which involve patient self‐report of attitudes and beliefs.25 We analyzed scores on a continuous scale with higher scores representing greater social desirability bias in responses.

Demographics

We collected the following demographic data on parents: age, gender, race/ethnicity (white non‐Hispanic vs. other), education (high school or less, some college, college or higher). We also recorded the child's age and gender.

Statistical Analysis

Parental Concern for Medical Errors

Univariate statistics were used to report proportions of parents who were concerned about medical errors and to summarize the data for covariates and demographics. We conducted bivariate logistic regression analyses to assess the association between our outcome variable and the independent variable and each covariate, respectively. We used a Fisher's exact test to examine the association between limited English proficiency and our outcome variable because the absence of participants (eg, a zero cell) who were not very comfortable with English and not concerned about errors precluded the use of bivariate logistic regression. Therefore, to explore the relationship between race and language we used a Fischer's exact test to compare concern about medical errors between white and non‐white participants who were very comfortable with English.

We used multivariate logistic regression to test our hypothesis that greater self‐efficacy would be associated with less concern about medical errors after adjusting for the aforementioned covariates and demographics, excluding child gender. We had no a priori reason to expect that child gender would affect parental self‐efficacy or parental concern about errors and did not include it in the regression model. In order to provide a more clinically relevant interpretation of our results, we calculated adjusted predicted probabilities for the 25%, 50%, and 75% PEPPI scores using the mean for all other variables in the model.

We conducted post‐hoc analysis using a likelihood‐ratio test to determine if the hospitalization variable was significant in the multivariate regression model. We conducted additional post‐hoc analysis using bivariate logistic regression to explore the relationship between concern about medical errors and the following independent variables: hospitalization for >3 days after birth (yes/no); previous hospitalization for >1 week (yes/no); parents' experience with the hospital system (a lot, some, not sure, a little, none); overall perception of child's health (excellent, very good, good, fair); previous hospitalizations for other children (yes, no, no other children); rating of care that child has received (excellent vs. other [very good, good, fair]). We incorporated any significant associations (P < 0.05) into our preexisting multivariate model.

Results

During the time period of our study, 278 parents were eligible to participate. Eighty‐five parents could not be surveyed either because they could not be reached despite multiple attempts (eg, out of the room, speaking with physicians) or because the child had already been discharged. Of the 193 parents approached, 130 agreed to take the survey. Two parents who agreed to complete the survey forgot to return it before their children were discharged. Demographics of respondents and nonparticipants are presented in Table 1. The distribution of self‐efficacy scores was skewed, with a mean score of 45 (median 46, range 5‐50) on a 50‐point scale, consistent with previous studies in adults.18

Study Population Characteristics
CharacteristicsRespondents (n = 130)Number Missed (n = 85)Number Refused (n = 61)
  • Abbreviation: NA, not available; SD, standard deviation.

Parent's mean age34 years (range: 18‐51)NANA
Parent sex female, n (%)105 (80.8)NANA
Parental education, n (%)   
College or higher65 (50.4)  
Some college34 (26.4)  
High school or less30 (23.3)NANA
Parental race, n (%)   
White86 (67.2)  
Non‐White42 (32.8)NANA
Parent's social desirability score, mean (SD)7.0 (2.0)NANA
Child's median age21.4 months (range: 1 day‐17.8 years)24 months24 months
Child's sex female, n (%)63 (48.5)36 (42)35 (57)
Number of previous hospitalizations (child), n (%)   
None68 (53.1)  
126 (20.3)  
219 (14.8)  
315 (11.7)NANA
Number of chronic medical conditions (child), n (%)   
None56 (48.7)  
134 (29.6)  
225 (21.8)NANA
Parent's comfort expressing concerns in English, n (%) NANA
Very comfortable109 (83.9)  
Less than very comfortable21 (16.1)  
Self‐efficacy score (parent), mean (SD)45 (6.3)NANA

Eighty‐two parents (63% of respondents) Agreed or Strongly Agreed with the statement When my child is in the hospital I feel that I need to watch over his/her care in order to make sure that mistakes aren't made (Figure 1). In bivariate analyses, non‐white race (Table 2) and English proficiency (P = 0.002) were significantly associated with parental concern about medical errors. Notably, all respondents who were not very comfortable with English agreed that they felt the need to watch over their child's care to ensure that mistakes do not happen. The association between self‐efficacy with physician interactions and concern was nearly significant (Table 2).

Figure 1
Response to statement “When my child is in the hospital I feel that I have to watch over the care that he/she is receiving to make sure that mistakes aren't made.” [Color figure can be viewed in the online issue, which is available at www.interscience.wiley.com.]
Bivariate and Multivariate Logistic Regression of Factors Associated with Parental Concern for Medical Errors
VariableCrude Odds RatioConfidence IntervalP ValueAdjusted Odds RatioConfidence IntervalP Value
  • NOTE: Results of multivariate logistic regression.

  • P < 0.01.

  • P < 0.05.

Parent age (years)1.010.95‐1.060.791.050.95‐1.150.36
Parent gender      
FemaleReferent     
Male0.860.32‐2.350.770.760.20‐2.790.68
Age of child (months)1.000.99‐1.010.971.000.99‐1.010.83
Parental education      
College or higherReferent  Referent  
Some college0.480.18‐1.260.140.30.07‐1.130.07
High school or less1.390.48‐4.000.550.50.1‐2.20.38
Parental race      
WhiteReferent  Referent  
Non‐White5.00*1.61‐15.560.0054.91.19‐20.40.03
Previous hospitalization (child)      
NoneReferent  Referent  
10.440.16‐1.200.110.160.04‐0.690.01
20.890.27‐2.870.840.600.13‐2.830.5
30.910.21‐3.840.900.790.12‐5.060.8
Number of chronic medical conditions0.860.67‐1.110.261.050.74‐1.500.78
Social desirability score (parent)0.990.81‐1.210.920.990.76‐1.290.9
Self‐efficacy score (parent)0.900.81‐1.000.060.830.73‐0.950.006*

In multivariate analysis, self‐efficacy was independently associated with parental report about the need to watch over a child's care (odds ratio [OR], 0.83; 95% confidence interval [CI], 0.72‐0.92). In prediction models, with self‐efficacy scores of 44 (25th percentile), 46 (50th percentile), and 49 (75th percentile), about 72.2% (59.1‐82.3), 64.2% (51.8‐75.0), and 50.8% (35.3‐66.2) of parents, respectively, would feel the need to watch over their child's care to prevent medical errors.

While respondents of non‐white race had the greatest independent odds of reporting a concern for medical errors occurring while their child was hospitalized (OR, 4.9; 95% CI, 1.19‐20.4), we could not reliably determine how much of this effect was due to language instead of to race because the vast majority of parents who reported being less than very comfortable with English were also non‐white (non‐white 90.5% vs. white 9.5%, P < 0.001). In additional analyses we were unable to find a difference in concern about medical errors between white and non‐white parents who were very comfortable with English (data not shown).

Of note, while having 1 hospitalization compared to none was significantly associated with having decreased concern about medical errors (Table 2), the variable hospitalizations was not significant in the model (P = 0.07).

In post‐hoc analysis, we found no association between hospitalization for >3 days after birth, previous hospitalization for >1 week, parents' experience with the hospital system, and overall perception of child's health, previous hospitalizations for other children. While rating of care that child received was significantly associated with parents' concern about medical errors in the bivariate analysis, it did not remain significant in multivariate analysis and did not substantially change the magnitude or significance of previous associations.

Discussion

In our study, we found that nearly two‐thirds of parents of children admitted to the general pediatric service of a tertiary care children's hospital felt the need to watch over their child's care to ensure that mistakes would not be made. We also found that a parent's self‐efficacy interacting with physicians was associated with less parental concern for medical errors.

To our knowledge, this is the first study to systematically survey parents' concerns about medical errors during a child's hospitalization and to evaluate factors associated with this concern. The immediate question prompted by our findings is whether the fact that 63% of parents are concerned is alarming because it is too low or too high. Some might contend that concern about medical errors is an appropriate and desirable response because it may motivate parents to become more vigilant about the medical care that their child is receiving. However, others may challenge that such concern may indicate a feeling of powerlessness to act to prevent potential errors. In our study, the relationship between higher self‐efficacy and less parental concern raises the possibility that parents with higher levels of self‐efficacy with physician interactions may feel more comfortable communicating with physicians, which in turn may temper parents' concerns about medical errors during hospitalization.

It is equally plausible that concern about medical errors during hospitalization may motivate parents to become involved in their child's medical care and, in turn, lead them to feel empowered to prevent medical errors and so ease their concerns. It is conceivable that experience with past medical errors may fuel a parent's need to watch over their child's care to prevent additional medical errors. Future studies should address the independent effect of past medical errors on parental concern about medical errors.

In this study, all parents who reported being very uncomfortable with English and parents of non‐white race felt the need to watch over their child's care to help prevent errors. A previous survey of a nationally representative sample of U.S. adults found greater proportion of non‐white adults were very concerned about errors or mistakes happening when receiving care at a hospital (blacks 62%, Hispanics 57%, whites 44%).26 However, in our study, the relationship between race and concern is likely mediated by language since many of the parents who described themselves as other than white also reported being not very comfortable with English and we could not find an effect of race on concern among parents who were very comfortable with English. Indeed, previous studies have linked decreased English proficiency to medical errors with potential clinical consequence.27

Given our previous investigation of the relationship between self‐efficacy and parent participation in medical decisions during a child's hospitalization, we conducted post‐hoc analyses exploring the association between parents' self‐report of participation in medical decisions and concern about medical errors during their child's hospitalization.16 Using a simple logistic regression we did not find any association. However, we advise caution in interpreting and generalizing these results because the study was not powered to adequately evaluate this association.

There are additional limitations in our study to be noted. First, this question has not been used previously to assess parental concern about medical errors, so future work will need to focus on assessing its reliability and validity. Second, it is also possible that parents' concern for medical errors is mitigated by the complexity of their child's healthcare.5 We attempted to address this issue by controlling for the child's number of chronic illnesses. However, it is possible that our metric did not capture the level of complexity associated with different types of chronic conditions. Moreover, additional variables such as health insurance type, parental physical and mental health, and quality of interactions with the nursing staff may confound the relationships that we observed. Future studies should examine the effect of these variables on parents' self‐efficacy and their concern about medical errors.

Third, we surveyed parents at a single institution and, as such, differences in demographics and hospital‐specific practices related to patient‐physician interactions may prevent generalization of our findings to other institutions. For example, the parents in our survey had a higher average education level than the general population and the racial makeup of our population was not nationally representative. Also, due to HIPAA constraints, we were unable to collect extensive demographic information on parents and children who were missed or those who refused to participate in the study, which also could conceivably influence the strength of our findings.

Fourth, we adapted a validated adult measure of self‐efficacy for use in pediatrics. The patient‐physician self‐efficacy scale, the PEPPI, did have a skewed distribution in our study, although this performance is consistent with adult studies18 and in post‐hoc analyses, outlier PEPPI scores did not have a significant effect on the magnitude of the relationship we observed between self‐efficacy and parental concern about medical errors. However, the reading level of this instrument is ninth grade, which may impact the generalization of our findings to populations with lower literacy levels.

Fifth, we excluded parents who were unsure about their concern from our analyses. In post‐hoc multivariate regression analyses, reassignment of unsure responses to either agree or disagree did not result in any change in odds ratio for any endpoint.

Finally, it is possible that parental concern was influenced by social desirability bias in that parents may have been less likely to report concern about medical errors during a hospitalization because of fear of the implications it might have for their child's care. We attempted to control for this effect by adjusting for social desirability bias using the Marlowe‐Crowne scale. This scale is commonly used in behavioral science research to account for such response bias and has been recommended by the NIH Consortium on Behavior Change for use in behavioral change research related to health.24

Within the context of these limitations, we feel that our study contributes an important first step toward characterizing the scope of parental concern about medical errors during pediatric hospitalizations and understanding the relationship of self‐efficacy with physician interactions to this concern. Devising a quality initiative program to improve parents' self‐efficacy interacting with physicians might help to temper parents' concerns about medical errors while also encouraging their involvement in their child's medical care. Such a program would likely prove most beneficial if it sought to improve self‐efficacy among parents with lower English proficiency given that this group had the highest concern for medical errors. Possible interventions might include more ready access to interpreters or use of visual aids.

References
  1. Institute of Medicine Committee on Quality of Health Care in America.Crossing the Quality Chasm: A New Health System for the 21st Century.Washington, DC:National Academy Press;2001.
  2. Kaushal R,Bates DW,Landrigan C, et al.Medication errors and adverse drug events in pediatric inpatients.JAMA.2001;285(16):21142120.
  3. Miller MR,Zhan C.Pediatric patient safety in hospitals: a national picture in 2000.Pediatrics.2004;113(6):17411746.
  4. Waterman AD,Gallagher TH,Garbutt J,Waterman BM,Fraser V,Burroughs TE.Brief report: hospitalized patients' attitudes about and participation in error prevention.J Gen Intern Med.2006;21(4):367370.
  5. Burroughs TE,Waterman AD,Gallagher TH, et al.Patients' concerns about medical errors during hospitalization.Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf.2007;33(1):514.
  6. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.20 Tips to Help Prevent Medical Errors in Children. Patient Fact Sheet. 2009, AHRQ Publication No. 02‐P034.Rockville, MD:Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.
  7. Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations. Speak Up Initiatives. Available at: http://www.jointcommission.org/PatientSafety/SpeakUp. Accessed May 2009.
  8. Bandura A.Self‐efficacy: toward a unifying theory of behavioral change.Psychol Rev.1977;84(2):191215.
  9. Bandura A.Self‐Efficacy: The Exercise of Control.New York, NY:W.H. Freeman and Company;1997.
  10. Strauss RS,Rodzilsky D,Burack G,Colin M.Psychosocial correlates of physical activity in healthy children.Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med.2001;155(8):897902.
  11. Ott J,Greening L,Palardy N,Holderby A,DeBell WK.Self‐efficacy as a mediator variable for adolescents' adherence to treatment for insulin‐dependent diabetes mellitus.Children's Health Care.2000;29(1):4763.
  12. McCaul KD,Glasgow RE,Schafer LC.Diabetes regimen behaviors. Predicting adherence.Med Care.1987;25(9):868881.
  13. Cabana MD,Rand C,Slish K,Nan B,Davis MM,Clark N.Pediatrician self‐efficacy for counseling parents of asthmatic children to quit smoking.Pediatrics.2004;113(1 Pt 1):7881.
  14. Arora NK,Ayanian JZ,Guadagnoli E.Examining the relationship of patients' attitudes and beliefs with their self‐reported level of participation in medical decision‐making.Med Care.2005;43(9):865872.
  15. Janz NK,Wren PA,Copeland LA,Lowery JC,Goldfarb SL,Wilkins EG.Patient‐physician concordance: preferences, perceptions, and factors influencing the breast cancer surgical decision.J Clin Oncol.2004;22(15):30913098.
  16. Tarini BA,Christakis DA,Lozano P.Toward family‐centered inpatient medical care: the role of parents as participants in medical decisions.J Pediatr.2007;151(6):690695.
  17. Maly RC,Frank JC,Marshall GN,DiMatteo MR,Reuben DB.Perceived efficacy in patient‐physician interactions (PEPPI): validation of an instrument in older persons.J Am Geriatr Soc.1998;46(7):889894.
  18. Maly RC,Umezawa Y,Leake B,Silliman RA.Determinants of participation in treatment decision‐making by older breast cancer patients.Breast Cancer Res Treat.2004;85(3):201209.
  19. Landgraf JM AL,Ware JE.The CHQ: A User's Manual (2nd printing).Boston, MA:HealthAct;1999.
  20. Waters EB,Salmon LA,Wake M,Wright M,Hesketh KD.The health and well‐being of adolescents: a school‐based population study of the self‐report Child Health Questionnaire.J Adolesc Health.2001;29(2):140149.
  21. Wake M,Hesketh K,Cameron F.The Child Health Questionnaire in children with diabetes: cross‐sectional survey of parent and adolescent‐reported functional health status.Diabet Med.2000;17(10):700707.
  22. Strahan R,Gerbasi KC.Semantic style variance in personality questionnaires.J Psychol.1973;85:109118.
  23. Crowne DP,Marlowe D.A new scale of social desirability independent of psychopathology.J Consult Psychol.1960;24:349354.
  24. National Institutes of Health. Behavior Change Consortium‐Recommended Nutrition Measures. Available at:http://www1.od.nih.gov/behaviorchange/measures/nutrition.htm. Accessed May 2009.
  25. Bardwell WA,Ancoli‐Israel S,Dimsdale JE.Response bias influences mental health symptom reporting in patients with obstructive sleep apnea.Ann Behav Med.2001;23(4):313317.
  26. Kaiser Family Foundation, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.Americans as Health Care Consumers: Update on the Role of Quality Information.Rockville, MD:Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality;2000.
  27. Flores G,Laws MB,Mayo SJ, et al.Errors in medical interpretation and their potential clinical consequences in pediatric encounters.Pediatrics.2003;111(1):614.
References
  1. Institute of Medicine Committee on Quality of Health Care in America.Crossing the Quality Chasm: A New Health System for the 21st Century.Washington, DC:National Academy Press;2001.
  2. Kaushal R,Bates DW,Landrigan C, et al.Medication errors and adverse drug events in pediatric inpatients.JAMA.2001;285(16):21142120.
  3. Miller MR,Zhan C.Pediatric patient safety in hospitals: a national picture in 2000.Pediatrics.2004;113(6):17411746.
  4. Waterman AD,Gallagher TH,Garbutt J,Waterman BM,Fraser V,Burroughs TE.Brief report: hospitalized patients' attitudes about and participation in error prevention.J Gen Intern Med.2006;21(4):367370.
  5. Burroughs TE,Waterman AD,Gallagher TH, et al.Patients' concerns about medical errors during hospitalization.Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf.2007;33(1):514.
  6. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.20 Tips to Help Prevent Medical Errors in Children. Patient Fact Sheet. 2009, AHRQ Publication No. 02‐P034.Rockville, MD:Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.
  7. Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations. Speak Up Initiatives. Available at: http://www.jointcommission.org/PatientSafety/SpeakUp. Accessed May 2009.
  8. Bandura A.Self‐efficacy: toward a unifying theory of behavioral change.Psychol Rev.1977;84(2):191215.
  9. Bandura A.Self‐Efficacy: The Exercise of Control.New York, NY:W.H. Freeman and Company;1997.
  10. Strauss RS,Rodzilsky D,Burack G,Colin M.Psychosocial correlates of physical activity in healthy children.Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med.2001;155(8):897902.
  11. Ott J,Greening L,Palardy N,Holderby A,DeBell WK.Self‐efficacy as a mediator variable for adolescents' adherence to treatment for insulin‐dependent diabetes mellitus.Children's Health Care.2000;29(1):4763.
  12. McCaul KD,Glasgow RE,Schafer LC.Diabetes regimen behaviors. Predicting adherence.Med Care.1987;25(9):868881.
  13. Cabana MD,Rand C,Slish K,Nan B,Davis MM,Clark N.Pediatrician self‐efficacy for counseling parents of asthmatic children to quit smoking.Pediatrics.2004;113(1 Pt 1):7881.
  14. Arora NK,Ayanian JZ,Guadagnoli E.Examining the relationship of patients' attitudes and beliefs with their self‐reported level of participation in medical decision‐making.Med Care.2005;43(9):865872.
  15. Janz NK,Wren PA,Copeland LA,Lowery JC,Goldfarb SL,Wilkins EG.Patient‐physician concordance: preferences, perceptions, and factors influencing the breast cancer surgical decision.J Clin Oncol.2004;22(15):30913098.
  16. Tarini BA,Christakis DA,Lozano P.Toward family‐centered inpatient medical care: the role of parents as participants in medical decisions.J Pediatr.2007;151(6):690695.
  17. Maly RC,Frank JC,Marshall GN,DiMatteo MR,Reuben DB.Perceived efficacy in patient‐physician interactions (PEPPI): validation of an instrument in older persons.J Am Geriatr Soc.1998;46(7):889894.
  18. Maly RC,Umezawa Y,Leake B,Silliman RA.Determinants of participation in treatment decision‐making by older breast cancer patients.Breast Cancer Res Treat.2004;85(3):201209.
  19. Landgraf JM AL,Ware JE.The CHQ: A User's Manual (2nd printing).Boston, MA:HealthAct;1999.
  20. Waters EB,Salmon LA,Wake M,Wright M,Hesketh KD.The health and well‐being of adolescents: a school‐based population study of the self‐report Child Health Questionnaire.J Adolesc Health.2001;29(2):140149.
  21. Wake M,Hesketh K,Cameron F.The Child Health Questionnaire in children with diabetes: cross‐sectional survey of parent and adolescent‐reported functional health status.Diabet Med.2000;17(10):700707.
  22. Strahan R,Gerbasi KC.Semantic style variance in personality questionnaires.J Psychol.1973;85:109118.
  23. Crowne DP,Marlowe D.A new scale of social desirability independent of psychopathology.J Consult Psychol.1960;24:349354.
  24. National Institutes of Health. Behavior Change Consortium‐Recommended Nutrition Measures. Available at:http://www1.od.nih.gov/behaviorchange/measures/nutrition.htm. Accessed May 2009.
  25. Bardwell WA,Ancoli‐Israel S,Dimsdale JE.Response bias influences mental health symptom reporting in patients with obstructive sleep apnea.Ann Behav Med.2001;23(4):313317.
  26. Kaiser Family Foundation, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.Americans as Health Care Consumers: Update on the Role of Quality Information.Rockville, MD:Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality;2000.
  27. Flores G,Laws MB,Mayo SJ, et al.Errors in medical interpretation and their potential clinical consequences in pediatric encounters.Pediatrics.2003;111(1):614.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(9)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(9)
Page Number
521-527
Page Number
521-527
Article Type
Display Headline
Afraid in the hospital: Parental concern for errors during a child's hospitalization
Display Headline
Afraid in the hospital: Parental concern for errors during a child's hospitalization
Legacy Keywords
medical errors, self‐efficiency, pediatric hospitalization, language
Legacy Keywords
medical errors, self‐efficiency, pediatric hospitalization, language
Sections
Article Source

Copyright © 2009 Society of Hospital Medicine

Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Division of General Pediatrics, University of Michigan, 300 N. Ingalls St., Rm 6C11, Ann Arbor, MI 48109‐0456
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media
Media Files

Think Twice Before Accepting an Expert Witness Offer

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Think Twice Before Accepting an Expert Witness Offer

AMANE KANEKO

Think Twice Before Accepting an Expert Witness Offer

A medical malpractice attorney recently contacted me, asking if I would be interested in reviewing a case. They are looking for a hospitalist “expert witness.” I’ve never done this before and don’t know if I’m qualified. Can you tell me about the benefits and risks of being a medical expert witness?

R. Jones, MD

Miami

ASK Dr. Hospitalist

Do you have a problem or concern that you’d like Dr. Hospitalist to address? E-mail your questions to drhospit@wiley.com.

Dr. Hospitalist responds: Most physicians complete medical school and postgraduate training without firsthand knowledge of our legal system. Unfortunately, a number of physicians become defendants in medical lawsuits during their professional careers. I hear with increasing frequency about hospitalists being sued for alleged medical malpractice. I am not surprised. This is not an indictment against hospital HM, but more a matter of probability. There are at least tenfold more hospitalists today than 10 years ago.

To be clear, I am not an attorney, nor do I have any formal legal training. I suggest you speak with an attorney if you have questions about the law.

Laws vary from state to state, but for the most part, plaintiff attorneys and defense attorneys retain expert witnesses to help them determine the merits of a lawsuit. Did the defendant have a duty to treat the patient? Was there a breach of the standard of care? What were the damages, and were they due to the defendant’s actions or lack of action?

Understand that our judicial system holds that a physician in the same field as the defendant is the most qualified to determine whether the defendant met the standard of care. Standard of care is what is reasonably expected of a physician in that field given the circumstances. So if the defendant is a hospitalist, the attorneys are looking for an expert witness who is also a hospitalist. Seems like a reasonable system, right? Individuals are judged by their peers. But the system is far from perfect.

Critics point out the system is inherently flawed when we rely on “experts” to help us determine the standard of care. Aside from working in a given field of medicine, there are no specific qualifications to be an expert witness. Unfortunately, not all experts are experts, and not all experts are completely honest. And there can be a lot of money at stake. Plaintiffs attorneys and defense attorneys, along with expert witnesses for both sides, stand to profit from lawsuits. All of this drives up the cost of medical malpractice premiums.

I will not tell you not to become an expert witness. Until we see real, sustainable tort reform, we have to live with the system. If I am sued, my defense attorney would seek an expert witness’s opinion. If a patient is hurt because of alleged negligence, the patient’s attorney would seek the opinion of an expert witness. So we need honest physicians to provide honest opinions as expert witnesses. This goes for defendants and plaintiffs.

Many expert witnesses find gratification in knowing they helped a patient or a physician. As I mentioned previously, an expert-witness gig can be financially lucrative, but it is not without its drawbacks. Expert witnesses are subject to the code of ethics set forth by the medical society and state board of registration in medicine. Any sworn testimony you provide is discoverable. It is easier than you might think for others (e.g., opposition attorneys) to believe you have contradicted yourself when you give your opinion on the same subject in more than one case. As an expert witness, know that you will be cross-examined by an attorney, either in deposition or at trial. Testifying under oath can be a grueling experience.

 

 

Most expert witnesses are reputable physicians in their fields. You should feel honored for being asked to participate as an expert witness, but think carefully before you accept the offer. Understand what is being asked of you before you take on this responsibility. TH

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(08)
Publications
Sections

AMANE KANEKO

Think Twice Before Accepting an Expert Witness Offer

A medical malpractice attorney recently contacted me, asking if I would be interested in reviewing a case. They are looking for a hospitalist “expert witness.” I’ve never done this before and don’t know if I’m qualified. Can you tell me about the benefits and risks of being a medical expert witness?

R. Jones, MD

Miami

ASK Dr. Hospitalist

Do you have a problem or concern that you’d like Dr. Hospitalist to address? E-mail your questions to drhospit@wiley.com.

Dr. Hospitalist responds: Most physicians complete medical school and postgraduate training without firsthand knowledge of our legal system. Unfortunately, a number of physicians become defendants in medical lawsuits during their professional careers. I hear with increasing frequency about hospitalists being sued for alleged medical malpractice. I am not surprised. This is not an indictment against hospital HM, but more a matter of probability. There are at least tenfold more hospitalists today than 10 years ago.

To be clear, I am not an attorney, nor do I have any formal legal training. I suggest you speak with an attorney if you have questions about the law.

Laws vary from state to state, but for the most part, plaintiff attorneys and defense attorneys retain expert witnesses to help them determine the merits of a lawsuit. Did the defendant have a duty to treat the patient? Was there a breach of the standard of care? What were the damages, and were they due to the defendant’s actions or lack of action?

Understand that our judicial system holds that a physician in the same field as the defendant is the most qualified to determine whether the defendant met the standard of care. Standard of care is what is reasonably expected of a physician in that field given the circumstances. So if the defendant is a hospitalist, the attorneys are looking for an expert witness who is also a hospitalist. Seems like a reasonable system, right? Individuals are judged by their peers. But the system is far from perfect.

Critics point out the system is inherently flawed when we rely on “experts” to help us determine the standard of care. Aside from working in a given field of medicine, there are no specific qualifications to be an expert witness. Unfortunately, not all experts are experts, and not all experts are completely honest. And there can be a lot of money at stake. Plaintiffs attorneys and defense attorneys, along with expert witnesses for both sides, stand to profit from lawsuits. All of this drives up the cost of medical malpractice premiums.

I will not tell you not to become an expert witness. Until we see real, sustainable tort reform, we have to live with the system. If I am sued, my defense attorney would seek an expert witness’s opinion. If a patient is hurt because of alleged negligence, the patient’s attorney would seek the opinion of an expert witness. So we need honest physicians to provide honest opinions as expert witnesses. This goes for defendants and plaintiffs.

Many expert witnesses find gratification in knowing they helped a patient or a physician. As I mentioned previously, an expert-witness gig can be financially lucrative, but it is not without its drawbacks. Expert witnesses are subject to the code of ethics set forth by the medical society and state board of registration in medicine. Any sworn testimony you provide is discoverable. It is easier than you might think for others (e.g., opposition attorneys) to believe you have contradicted yourself when you give your opinion on the same subject in more than one case. As an expert witness, know that you will be cross-examined by an attorney, either in deposition or at trial. Testifying under oath can be a grueling experience.

 

 

Most expert witnesses are reputable physicians in their fields. You should feel honored for being asked to participate as an expert witness, but think carefully before you accept the offer. Understand what is being asked of you before you take on this responsibility. TH

AMANE KANEKO

Think Twice Before Accepting an Expert Witness Offer

A medical malpractice attorney recently contacted me, asking if I would be interested in reviewing a case. They are looking for a hospitalist “expert witness.” I’ve never done this before and don’t know if I’m qualified. Can you tell me about the benefits and risks of being a medical expert witness?

R. Jones, MD

Miami

ASK Dr. Hospitalist

Do you have a problem or concern that you’d like Dr. Hospitalist to address? E-mail your questions to drhospit@wiley.com.

Dr. Hospitalist responds: Most physicians complete medical school and postgraduate training without firsthand knowledge of our legal system. Unfortunately, a number of physicians become defendants in medical lawsuits during their professional careers. I hear with increasing frequency about hospitalists being sued for alleged medical malpractice. I am not surprised. This is not an indictment against hospital HM, but more a matter of probability. There are at least tenfold more hospitalists today than 10 years ago.

To be clear, I am not an attorney, nor do I have any formal legal training. I suggest you speak with an attorney if you have questions about the law.

Laws vary from state to state, but for the most part, plaintiff attorneys and defense attorneys retain expert witnesses to help them determine the merits of a lawsuit. Did the defendant have a duty to treat the patient? Was there a breach of the standard of care? What were the damages, and were they due to the defendant’s actions or lack of action?

Understand that our judicial system holds that a physician in the same field as the defendant is the most qualified to determine whether the defendant met the standard of care. Standard of care is what is reasonably expected of a physician in that field given the circumstances. So if the defendant is a hospitalist, the attorneys are looking for an expert witness who is also a hospitalist. Seems like a reasonable system, right? Individuals are judged by their peers. But the system is far from perfect.

Critics point out the system is inherently flawed when we rely on “experts” to help us determine the standard of care. Aside from working in a given field of medicine, there are no specific qualifications to be an expert witness. Unfortunately, not all experts are experts, and not all experts are completely honest. And there can be a lot of money at stake. Plaintiffs attorneys and defense attorneys, along with expert witnesses for both sides, stand to profit from lawsuits. All of this drives up the cost of medical malpractice premiums.

I will not tell you not to become an expert witness. Until we see real, sustainable tort reform, we have to live with the system. If I am sued, my defense attorney would seek an expert witness’s opinion. If a patient is hurt because of alleged negligence, the patient’s attorney would seek the opinion of an expert witness. So we need honest physicians to provide honest opinions as expert witnesses. This goes for defendants and plaintiffs.

Many expert witnesses find gratification in knowing they helped a patient or a physician. As I mentioned previously, an expert-witness gig can be financially lucrative, but it is not without its drawbacks. Expert witnesses are subject to the code of ethics set forth by the medical society and state board of registration in medicine. Any sworn testimony you provide is discoverable. It is easier than you might think for others (e.g., opposition attorneys) to believe you have contradicted yourself when you give your opinion on the same subject in more than one case. As an expert witness, know that you will be cross-examined by an attorney, either in deposition or at trial. Testifying under oath can be a grueling experience.

 

 

Most expert witnesses are reputable physicians in their fields. You should feel honored for being asked to participate as an expert witness, but think carefully before you accept the offer. Understand what is being asked of you before you take on this responsibility. TH

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(08)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(08)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Think Twice Before Accepting an Expert Witness Offer
Display Headline
Think Twice Before Accepting an Expert Witness Offer
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)